[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202207424A - Semiconductor storage device - Google Patents

Semiconductor storage device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202207424A
TW202207424A TW110122232A TW110122232A TW202207424A TW 202207424 A TW202207424 A TW 202207424A TW 110122232 A TW110122232 A TW 110122232A TW 110122232 A TW110122232 A TW 110122232A TW 202207424 A TW202207424 A TW 202207424A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
element layer
pad
hole
memory device
semiconductor memory
Prior art date
Application number
TW110122232A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI807342B (en
Inventor
小柳勝
Original Assignee
日商東芝記憶體股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東芝記憶體股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東芝記憶體股份有限公司
Publication of TW202207424A publication Critical patent/TW202207424A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI807342B publication Critical patent/TWI807342B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00Assemblies consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L25/03Assemblies consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid state devices all the devices being of a type provided for in a single subclass of subclasses H10B, H10D, H10F, H10H, H10K or H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04Assemblies consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid state devices all the devices being of a type provided for in a single subclass of subclasses H10B, H10D, H10F, H10H, H10K or H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/065Assemblies consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid state devices all the devices being of a type provided for in a single subclass of subclasses H10B, H10D, H10F, H10H, H10K or H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H10D89/00
    • H01L25/0657Stacked arrangements of devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/73Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L24/10, H01L24/18, H01L24/26, H01L24/34, H01L24/42, H01L24/50, H01L24/63, H01L24/71
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C16/00Erasable programmable read-only memories
    • G11C16/02Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
    • G11C16/06Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
    • G11C16/24Bit-line control circuits
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C5/00Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
    • G11C5/02Disposition of storage elements, e.g. in the form of a matrix array
    • G11C5/025Geometric lay-out considerations of storage- and peripheral-blocks in a semiconductor storage device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C5/00Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
    • G11C5/06Arrangements for interconnecting storage elements electrically, e.g. by wiring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/768Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
    • H01L21/76898Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics formed through a semiconductor substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/02Containers; Seals
    • H01L23/06Containers; Seals characterised by the material of the container or its electrical properties
    • H01L23/08Containers; Seals characterised by the material of the container or its electrical properties the material being an electrical insulator, e.g. glass
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/522Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
    • H01L23/5226Via connections in a multilevel interconnection structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/522Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
    • H01L23/528Layout of the interconnection structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/02Bonding areas ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/03Manufacturing methods
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/91Methods for connecting semiconductor or solid state bodies including different methods provided for in two or more of groups H01L24/80 - H01L24/90
    • H01L24/92Specific sequence of method steps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00Assemblies consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L25/50Multistep manufacturing processes of assemblies consisting of devices, the devices being individual devices of subclass H10D or integrated devices of class H10
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B41/00Electrically erasable-and-programmable ROM [EEPROM] devices comprising floating gates
    • H10B41/30Electrically erasable-and-programmable ROM [EEPROM] devices comprising floating gates characterised by the memory core region
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B41/00Electrically erasable-and-programmable ROM [EEPROM] devices comprising floating gates
    • H10B41/40Electrically erasable-and-programmable ROM [EEPROM] devices comprising floating gates characterised by the peripheral circuit region
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B43/00EEPROM devices comprising charge-trapping gate insulators
    • H10B43/30EEPROM devices comprising charge-trapping gate insulators characterised by the memory core region
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B43/00EEPROM devices comprising charge-trapping gate insulators
    • H10B43/40EEPROM devices comprising charge-trapping gate insulators characterised by the peripheral circuit region
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D84/00Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers
    • H10D84/01Manufacture or treatment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D89/00Aspects of integrated devices not covered by groups H10D84/00 - H10D88/00
    • H10D89/10Integrated device layouts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C16/00Erasable programmable read-only memories
    • G11C16/02Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
    • G11C16/06Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
    • G11C16/08Address circuits; Decoders; Word-line control circuits
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C16/00Erasable programmable read-only memories
    • G11C16/02Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
    • G11C16/06Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
    • G11C16/10Programming or data input circuits
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C16/00Erasable programmable read-only memories
    • G11C16/02Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
    • G11C16/06Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
    • G11C16/26Sensing or reading circuits; Data output circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/05Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of an individual bonding area
    • H01L2224/0554External layer
    • H01L2224/0556Disposition
    • H01L2224/0557Disposition the external layer being disposed on a via connection of the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/07Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/08Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas after the connecting process of an individual bonding area
    • H01L2224/081Disposition
    • H01L2224/0812Disposition the bonding area connecting directly to another bonding area, i.e. connectorless bonding, e.g. bumpless bonding
    • H01L2224/08135Disposition the bonding area connecting directly to another bonding area, i.e. connectorless bonding, e.g. bumpless bonding the bonding area connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip
    • H01L2224/08145Disposition the bonding area connecting directly to another bonding area, i.e. connectorless bonding, e.g. bumpless bonding the bonding area connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being stacked
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/12Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/13Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/13001Core members of the bump connector
    • H01L2224/1302Disposition
    • H01L2224/13025Disposition the bump connector being disposed on a via connection of the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16135Disposition the bump connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip
    • H01L2224/16145Disposition the bump connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being stacked
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16135Disposition the bump connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip
    • H01L2224/16145Disposition the bump connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being stacked
    • H01L2224/16148Disposition the bump connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being stacked the bump connector connecting to a bonding area protruding from the surface
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/73Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
    • H01L2224/732Location after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/73251Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/80Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected
    • H01L2224/80001Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected by connecting a bonding area directly to another bonding area, i.e. connectorless bonding, e.g. bumpless bonding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/80Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected
    • H01L2224/81Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected using a bump connector
    • H01L2224/8119Arrangement of the bump connectors prior to mounting
    • H01L2224/81193Arrangement of the bump connectors prior to mounting wherein the bump connectors are disposed on both the semiconductor or solid-state body and another item or body to be connected to the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/91Methods for connecting semiconductor or solid state bodies including different methods provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/80 - H01L2224/90
    • H01L2224/92Specific sequence of method steps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/91Methods for connecting semiconductor or solid state bodies including different methods provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/80 - H01L2224/90
    • H01L2224/92Specific sequence of method steps
    • H01L2224/922Connecting different surfaces of the semiconductor or solid-state body with connectors of different types
    • H01L2224/9222Sequential connecting processes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/93Batch processes
    • H01L2224/94Batch processes at wafer-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a wafer comprising a plurality of undiced individual devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L2225/04All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10
    • H01L2225/06503Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06513Bump or bump-like direct electrical connections between devices, e.g. flip-chip connection, solder bumps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L2225/04All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10
    • H01L2225/06503Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06541Conductive via connections through the device, e.g. vertical interconnects, through silicon via [TSV]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L2225/04All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065All the devices being of a type provided for in the same main group of the same subclass of class H10
    • H01L2225/06503Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06555Geometry of the stack, e.g. form of the devices, geometry to facilitate stacking
    • H01L2225/06565Geometry of the stack, e.g. form of the devices, geometry to facilitate stacking the devices having the same size and there being no auxiliary carrier between the devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/02Bonding areas ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/07Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas after the connecting process
    • H01L24/08Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas after the connecting process of an individual bonding area
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/10Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L24/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/80Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/80Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected
    • H01L24/81Methods for connecting semiconductor or other solid state bodies using means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected using a bump connector
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/93Batch processes
    • H01L24/94Batch processes at wafer-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a wafer comprising a plurality of undiced individual devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11Device type
    • H01L2924/14Integrated circuits
    • H01L2924/143Digital devices
    • H01L2924/1431Logic devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11Device type
    • H01L2924/14Integrated circuits
    • H01L2924/143Digital devices
    • H01L2924/1434Memory
    • H01L2924/145Read-only memory [ROM]
    • H01L2924/1451EPROM
    • H01L2924/14511EEPROM

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
  • Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a semiconductor storage device which is able to be produced with less cost. A semiconductor storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention is provided with a first substrate, a first element layer that is provided on the upper surface of the first substrate, a second substrate, and a second element layer that is provided on the upper surface of the second substrate. The first substrate comprises a first via. The first element layer comprises a first pad which is electrically connected to the first via, while being provided on the upper surface of the first element layer; and the second substrate comprises a second via. The second element layer comprises a second pad which is electrically connected to the second via, while being provided on the upper surface of the second element layer. The upper surface of the second element layer is arranged so as to face the upper surface of the first element layer. The first pad and the second pad are arranged symmetrically with respect to the facing surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layers, while being electrically connected to each other.

Description

半導體記憶裝置及半導體記憶裝置之製造方法Semiconductor memory device and manufacturing method of semiconductor memory device

本發明之實施形態係關於一種半導體記憶裝置。Embodiments of the present invention relate to a semiconductor memory device.

已知有作為半導體記憶裝置之NAND(Not-And,反及)型快閃記憶體。A NAND (Not-And) type flash memory is known as a semiconductor memory device.

本發明之實施形態提供一種能降低製造成本之半導體記憶裝置。  本發明之實施形態之半導體記憶裝置具備:第1基板;第1元件層,其設置於上述第1基板之上表面上;第2基板;及第2元件層,其設置於上述第2基板之上表面上。上述第1基板包含第1通孔。上述第1元件層包含與上述第1通孔電性連接且設置於上述第1元件層之上表面上之第1焊墊,上述第2基板包含第2通孔。上述第2元件層包含與上述第2通孔電性連接且設置於上述第2元件層之上表面上之第2焊墊。上述第2元件層之上表面對向地設置於上位第1元件層之上表面上。上述第1焊墊及上述第2焊墊相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置,且相互電性連接。Embodiments of the present invention provide a semiconductor memory device capable of reducing manufacturing costs. A semiconductor memory device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a first substrate; a first element layer provided on the upper surface of the first substrate; a second substrate; and a second element layer provided on the second substrate on the upper surface. The said 1st board|substrate contains a 1st through hole. The first element layer includes a first pad electrically connected to the first through hole and provided on the upper surface of the first element layer, and the second substrate includes a second through hole. The second element layer includes a second pad electrically connected to the second through hole and disposed on the upper surface of the second element layer. The upper surface of the second element layer is oppositely disposed on the upper surface of the upper first element layer. The first pad and the second pad are symmetrically arranged with respect to the surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layer facing each other, and are electrically connected to each other.

以下,參照圖式對實施形態進行說明。再者,於以下之說明中,對具有相同之功能及構成之構成要素標註相同之參考符號。又,於區分具有相同之參考符號之複數個構成要素之情形時,對該相同之參考符號標註下標而進行區分。再者,於無需對複數個構成要素特別進行區分之情形時,對該複數個構成要素僅標註相同之參考符號,而不標註下標。  1.第1實施形態  對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置進行說明。  1.1關於構成  首先,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成進行說明。  1.1.1關於記憶體系統之整體構成  使用圖1對第1實施形態之記憶體系統之構成例進行說明。圖1係表示第1實施形態之記憶體系統之構成之一例之方塊圖。記憶體系統1例如設置於外部之未圖示之基板系統上。記憶體系統1係藉由自該基板系統供給之電源電壓及接地電壓GND而動作,且與外部之未圖示之主機機器通信。記憶體系統1保持來自主機機器(未圖示)之資料,且將資料讀出至主機機器。  如圖1所示,記憶體系統1具備控制器2及半導體記憶裝置(NAND型快閃記憶體)3。控制器2自主機機器接收命令,並基於接收到之命令控制半導體記憶裝置3。具體而言,控制器2將自主機機器指示寫入之資料寫入至半導體記憶裝置3,並自半導體記憶裝置3讀出自主機機器指示讀出之資料並發送至主機機器。控制器2藉由NAND匯流排而連接於半導體記憶裝置3。半導體記憶裝置3具備複數個記憶胞,非揮發地記憶資料。  NAND匯流排進行按照NAND介面之信號/CE、CLE、ALE、/WE、/RE、RE、/WP、/RB、DQS、/DQS、及I/O<7:0>之收發。信號/CE係用以將半導體記憶裝置3設為賦能之信號。信號CLE及ALE將與信號CLE及ALE並行地流經半導體記憶裝置3之信號I/O<7:0>分別為指令CMD及位址ADD通知至半導體記憶裝置3。信號/WE指示將與信號/WE並行地流經半導體記憶裝置3之信號I/O<7:0>擷取至半導體記憶裝置3。信號/RE及RE指示將信號I/O<7:0>輸出至半導體記憶裝置3。信號/WP將資料寫入及刪除之禁止指示至半導體記憶裝置3。信號/RB表示半導體記憶裝置3是就緒狀態(受理來自外部之命令之狀態),還是忙碌狀態(不受理來自外部之命令之狀態)。信號I/O<7:0>例如為8位元之信號。信號DQS、/DQS係成為半導體記憶裝置3之信號I/O<7:0>之輸入輸出之時序之指標的基準信號。信號I/O<7:0>係於半導體記憶裝置3與控制器2之間收發之資料之實體,包含指令CMD、位址ADD、資料DAT、以及狀態STS。資料DAT包含寫入資料及讀出資料。  1.1.2關於控制器之構成  繼續使用圖1對第1實施形態之記憶體系統之控制器進行說明。控制器2具備處理器(CPU:Central Processing Unit,中央處理單元)5、內建記憶體(RAM:Random Access Memory,隨機存取記憶體)6、NAND介面電路7、緩衝記憶體8、及主機介面電路9。  處理器5控制控制器2整體之動作。處理器5例如對自主機機器接收到之資料之寫入命令進行回應,將基於NAND介面之寫入命令發行至半導體記憶裝置3。該動作關於讀出及刪除之情形時亦相同。  內建記憶體6例如為DRAM(Dynamic RAM,動態隨機存取記憶體)等半導體記憶體,且用作處理器5之作業區域。內建記憶體6保持用以管理半導體記憶裝置3之韌體、及各種管理表等。  NAND介面電路7經由NAND匯流排而與半導體記憶裝置3連接,執行與半導體記憶裝置3之通信。NAND介面電路7根據處理器5之指示,將指令CMD、位址ADD、及寫入資料發送至半導體記憶裝置3。又,NAND介面電路7自半導體記憶裝置3接收讀出資料。  緩衝記憶體8暫時性地保持控制器2自半導體記憶裝置3及主機機器接收到之資料等。  主機介面電路9與主機機器連接,執行與主機機器之通信。主機介面電路9例如將自主機機器接收到之命令及資料分別傳送至處理器5及緩衝記憶體8。  1.1.3關於半導體記憶裝置之構成  其次,使用圖2對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成例進行說明。圖2係表示第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成之一例之方塊圖。  半導體記憶裝置3例如具備藉由自基板系統供給之電源電壓及接地電壓GND而動作之介面晶片10及核心晶片群11。核心晶片群11例如具備4個核心晶片CC(CC0、CC1、CC2、及CC3)。核心晶片CC之個數並不限定於4個,可應用任意個數。此處,「核心晶片CC」係指能夠與介面晶片10一起作為1個NAND快閃記憶體而發揮功能之半導體積體電路(晶片)之構成單位。  介面晶片10具有於控制器2與核心晶片群11之間連接信號/CE、CLE、ALE、/WE、/RE、RE、/WP、/RB、DQS、/DQS、及I/O<7:0>之功能。介面晶片10例如將信號DQS及/DQS、以及I/O<7:0>內之指令CMD、位址ADD傳送至核心晶片群11。又,例如,介面晶片10與核心晶片群11收發DQS及/DQS、以及信號I/O<7:0>內之寫入資料及讀出資料。  各核心晶片CC具備記憶胞陣列12、資料傳送電路13、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、電壓產生電路16、驅動器集17、列解碼器18、及感測放大器19。於以下之說明中,將設置於包含記憶胞陣列12、資料傳送電路13、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、電壓產生電路16、驅動器集17、列解碼器18、及感測放大器19之各核心晶片內之各種電路總稱為「內部電路」。  記憶胞陣列12例如具備4個平面(平面0、平面1、平面2、及平面3)。平面包含與字元線及位元線建立有關聯之複數個非揮發性記憶胞電晶體(未圖示)。於各平面中,例如,於1個寫入動作或讀出動作中,可同時執行寫入動作及讀出動作。再者,記憶胞陣列12內之平面數並不限定於4個,例如可應用1、2、8等個數。  資料傳送電路13將指令CMD、位址ADD傳送至定序器15。又,資料傳送電路13與感測放大器19收發寫入資料及讀出資料。  邏輯控制電路14經由介面晶片10而接收相當於信號/CE、CLE、ALE、/WE、/RE、RE、及/WP之信號。又,邏輯控制電路14經由介面晶片10將信號/RB傳送至控制器2而將核心晶片之狀態通知至外部。  定序器15接收指令CMD,並按照基於接收到之指令CMD之序列控制核心晶片之整體。  電壓產生電路16基於來自定序器15之指示,產生資料之寫入、讀出、及刪除等動作所需要之電壓。電壓產生電路16將產生之電壓供給至列解碼器18及感測放大器19。  列解碼器18自定序器15接收位址ADD中之列位址,並基於該列位址選擇各平面之部分。然後,向所選擇之各平面之部分,經由列解碼器18傳送來自電壓產生電路16之電壓。  感測放大器19於資料之讀出時,感測自記憶胞電晶體被讀出至位元線之讀出資料,並將感測出之讀出資料傳送至資料傳送電路13。感測放大器19於資料之寫入時,將經由位元線而寫入之寫入資料傳送至記憶胞電晶體。又,感測放大器19自定序器15接收位址ADD中之行位址,並輸出基於該行位址之行之資料。  再者,於圖2之例中,表示介面晶片10與核心晶片群11設為不同之晶片之構成,但並不限定於此。例如,核心晶片群11亦可包含具有與介面晶片10相同之功能之電路。於該情形時,核心晶片群11亦可不經由介面晶片10而與控制器2進行各種信號之通信。  1.1.4關於核心晶片群之構成  其次,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成進行說明。  1.1.4.1關於核心晶片間之連接  首先,使用圖3對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接進行說明。圖3係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接例之電路圖。  如圖3所示,核心晶片群11例如串聯連接核心晶片CC0~CC3而構成。具體而言,核心晶片CC0~CC3之各者包含端子T1a、T2a、T3a、及T4a、以及端子T1b、T2b、T3b、及T4b。又,核心晶片CC0~CC3之各者進而包含邏輯電路LGA及LGB。  核心晶片CC0之端子T1a~T4a例如與外部之介面晶片10或控制器2連接。核心晶片CC0之端子T1b~端子T4b分別連接於核心晶片CC1之端子T1a~端子T4a。核心晶片CC1之端子T1b~端子T4b分別連接於核心晶片CC2之端子T1a~端子T4a。核心晶片CC2之端子T1b~端子T4b分別連接於核心晶片CC3之端子T1a~端子T4a。  於各個核心晶片CC中,端子T1a與T1b、端子T2a與T2b、以及端子T3a與T3b係經由設置於各個核心晶片CC之內部之配線而連接。於各個核心晶片CC中,邏輯電路LGA設置於端子T2a與T2b之間之配線上,邏輯電路LGB設置於端子T3a與T3b之間之配線上。邏輯電路LGA包含連接於端子T2a之輸入端、及連接於端子T2b之輸出端。邏輯電路LGB包含連接於端子T3b之輸入端、及連接於端子T3a之輸出端。  藉由如以上般構成,自核心晶片CC0之端子T1a至核心晶片CC3之端子T1b為止係作為能夠於核心晶片CC0~CC3間收發信號之信號路徑SL1而發揮功能。又,自核心晶片CC0之端子T2a至核心晶片CC3之端子T2b為止係作為能夠將利用核心晶片CCn(n係0≦n≦2)之邏輯電路LGA進行運算處理後之信號發送至核心晶片CC(n+1)之信號路徑SL2而發揮功能。又,自核心晶片CC0之端子T3a至核心晶片CC3之端子T3b為止係作為能夠將利用核心晶片CC(n+1)之邏輯電路LGB進行運算處理後之信號發送至核心晶片CCn之信號路徑SL3而發揮功能。又,自核心晶片CCn之端子T4b至核心晶片CC(n+1)之端子T4a為止係作為能夠於核心晶片CCn與CC(n+1)之間收發信號之信號路徑SL4而發揮功能。再者,核心晶片CC0之端子T1a~T4a能夠與介面晶片10或控制器2之間收發各種信號。  又,於各核心晶片CC中於各端子T間通信之信號連接於該核心晶片CC內之內部電路。藉此,各核心晶片CC之內部電路能夠接收流經信號路徑SL1~SL4之信號、或者向信號路徑SL1~SL4發送信號。再者,於圖3之例中,端子T1a~T4a、端子T1b~T4b、及邏輯電路LG1、LG2係與內部電路區別地表示,但並不限定於此。例如,端子T1a~T4a、端子T1b~T4b、及邏輯電路LG1、LG2亦可包含於內部電路。  再者,邏輯電路LGA及LGB若為輸入與輸出無法相互交換之電路元件,則可應用任意邏輯電路。具體而言,邏輯電路LGA及LGB之運算處理例如可應用非(NOT)運算、或(OR)運算、及(AND)運算、反及(NAND)運算、反或(NOR)運算、互斥或(XOR)運算等各種邏輯運算。  再者,於圖3中表示於核心晶片CC3設置端子T1b~T4b之例,但並不限定於此。例如,於核心晶片CC3不與除核心晶片CC2以外之核心晶片CC連接之情形時,無需端子T1b~T4b。於以下之說明中,為了方便起見,有時與圖3所示之核心晶片CC3同樣地表示不與其他核心晶片CC連接之端子。然而,如上所述,亦可不設置該端子。  1.1.4.2關於核心晶片之構成  其次,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成進行說明。  圖3中所示之核心晶片之電路構成例如包含設置於半導體基板、及該半導體基板上之元件層之半導體積體電路。半導體積體電路例如藉由內部電路之配置(亦稱為「佈局圖案」)、及連接該內部電路間之配線之配置(亦稱為「配線圖案」)而具體地設計。更具體而言,例如,佈局圖案決定核心晶片內之記憶胞陣列12、資料傳送電路13、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、電壓產生電路16、驅動器集17、列解碼器18、感測放大器19、端子T1a~T4a、端子T1b~T4b、以及邏輯電路LGA及LGB之半導體基板上之配置。又,例如,配線圖案決定藉由佈局圖案而配置之內部電路之輸入輸出關係。包含佈局圖案及配線圖案之核心晶片CC之設計整體之資訊亦稱為「晶片設計」。再者,於以下之說明中,佈局圖案及配線圖案例如設為於切晶步驟中自晶圓切割出之晶片中之相當於1個半導體基板上之範圍為1個圖案之單位者而進行說明。  圖4及圖6係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案之俯視圖。圖5及圖7係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖。圖5及圖7分別表示沿圖4中所示之V-V線、及沿圖6中所示之VII-VII線之剖面。又,於圖4及圖5中,表示於核心晶片CC0及CC2中共通之構成,於圖6及圖7中,表示於核心晶片CC1及CC3中共通之構成。  再者,於以下之說明中,將半導體基板中之設置有內部電路之面定義為「上表面」,將位於上表面相反側之面定義為「下表面」。另一方面,將半導體基板上之構成內部電路之各層中之半導體基板側之面定義為「下表面」,將位於下表面相反側之面定義為「上表面」。而且,將核心晶片中之半導體基板側之面定義為「下表面」,將內部電路側之面定義為「上表面」。又,將與半導體基板之上表面及下表面平行之面設為xy平面,將垂直於xy平面之方向設為z方向。再者,x方向與y方向設為於xy平面內相互正交。  首先,對核心晶片CC0及CC2之構成進行說明。  如圖4所示,核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案係於xy平面上設置於具有沿x方向之2邊、及沿y方向之2邊之矩形狀之區域。平面0~平面3分別設置於該矩形狀之區域之4角(圖4中之左上角、左下角、右上角、及右下角)。列解碼器18及感測放大器19係分割成與平面0~平面3對應之部分而配置。於以下之說明中,分別與平面0~平面3對應之列解碼器18之部分及感測放大器19之部分分別稱為列解碼器18-0~18-3、及感測放大器19-0~19-3。列解碼器18-0~18-3之沿y方向之邊之一者分別與例如平面0~平面3之沿y方向之邊相接。列解碼器18-0及18-1之沿y方向之邊之另一者分別與例如列解碼器18-2及18-3之沿y方向之邊之另一者相接。感測放大器19-0~19-3分別與例如平面0~平面3之沿x方向之邊相接。  於由感測放大器19-0~19-3在y方向上所夾之區域,配置資料傳送電路13、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、電壓產生電路16、及驅動器集17。再者,於以下之說明中,將資料傳送電路13、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、電壓產生電路16、及驅動器集17稱為相對於記憶胞陣列12、列解碼器18、及感測放大器19之「周邊電路」。資料傳送電路13設置於矩形區域之中央部,驅動器集17係分割成與平面0及平面2對應之部分、以及與平面1及平面3對應之部分而配置。於以下之說明中,與平面0及平面2對應之驅動器集17之部分、以及與平面1及平面3對應之驅動器集17之部分分別稱為驅動器集17U及17D。驅動器集17U及17D例如與資料傳送電路13之沿x方向之邊相接。  電壓產生電路16例如相對於資料傳送電路13及驅動器集17配置於平面0及平面1側。邏輯控制電路14及定序器15例如相對於資料傳送電路13及驅動器集17配置於平面2及平面3側。  如以上般配置之核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案例如對應於圖4所示之符號P1。  又,如圖5所示,按照對應於符號P1之佈局圖案、及對應於該佈局圖案之配線圖案,於半導體基板20之上表面上設置元件層21。再者,於圖5中,為了簡化,省略關於除端子T1a~T4a、T1b~T4b以及邏輯電路LGA及LGB以外之內部電路之記載。  於半導體基板20,設置作為TSV(Through silicon via,矽穿孔)而發揮功能之複數個通孔22(22-1、22-2、22-3、及22-4)。於半導體基板20之下表面上之通孔22-1~22-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T1a~T4a而發揮功能之複數個凸塊23(23-1、23-2、23-3、及23-4)。於元件層21之上表面上,設置作為端子T1b~T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊24(24-1、24-2、24-3、及24-4)。焊墊24之上表面露出於元件層21之上表面上。於元件層21內,設置作為邏輯電路LGA及LGB而發揮功能之邏輯元件層25及26、以及配線層27~33。  配線層27包含設置於通孔22-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊24-1之下端上之第2端。配線層27例如連接於內部電路。  配線層28包含設置於通孔22-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層25之下端上之第2端。配線層28例如連接於內部電路。配線層29包含設置於邏輯元件層25之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊24-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層25包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層25作為將自凸塊23-2輸入之信號朝向焊墊24-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA而發揮功能。  配線層30包含設置於通孔22-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層26之下端上之第2端。配線層31包含設置於邏輯元件層26之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊24-3之下端上之第2端。配線層31例如連接於內部電路。邏輯元件層26包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層26作為將自焊墊24-3輸入之信號朝向凸塊23-3輸出之邏輯電路LGB而發揮功能。  配線層32包含設置於通孔22-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層33包含設置於焊墊24-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  於圖5之例中,凸塊23-1及焊墊24-1分別設置於自半導體基板20之+x方向之端(右端)起距離d1及d5之位置。凸塊23-2及焊墊24-2分別設置於自半導體基板20之右端起距離d2及d6之位置。凸塊23-3及焊墊24-3分別設置於自半導體基板20之右端起距離d3及d7之位置。凸塊23-4及焊墊24-4分別設置於自半導體基板20之右端起距離d4及d8之位置。再者,距離d1與d5、距離d2與d6、距離d3與d7、或距離d4與d8可為彼此相同之距離,亦可為不同之距離。  其次,對核心晶片CC1及CC3之構成進行說明。  如圖6所示,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案設置於與核心晶片CC0及CC2相同之矩形狀之區域。而且,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案、與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案係以關於使各自之上表面彼此對向時之對向面成為鏡像對稱之方式設計。具體而言,例如,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係相對於核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案,關於yz平面成為鏡像對稱。更具體而言,平面0~平面3分別設置於矩形狀之區域之4角(圖6中之右上角、右下角、左上角、及左下角)。其他各種電路係與核心晶片CC0及CC2中之說明同樣地配置。  如以上般配置之核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案例如如圖6所示般對應於將圖4所示之符號P1關於yz平面而鏡像對稱地轉換所得之符號P2。即,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係藉由實施與自符號P2向符號P1之轉換相同之轉換,而與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案一致。  又,如圖7所示,按照對應於符號P2之佈局圖案、及對應於該佈局圖案之配線圖案,於半導體基板40之上表面上設置元件層41。再者,於圖7中,為了簡化,省略關於除端子T1a~T4a、端子T1b~T4b、以及邏輯電路LGA及LGB以外之內部電路之記載。  於半導體基板40,設置作為TSV而發揮功能之複數個通孔42(42-1、42-2、42-3、及42-4)。於半導體基板40之下表面上之通孔42-1~42-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T1b~T4b而發揮功能之複數個凸塊43(43-1、43-2、43-3、及43-4)。於元件層41之上表面上,設置作為端子T1a~T4a而發揮功能之複數個焊墊44(44-1、44-2、44-3、及44-4)。焊墊44之上表面露出於元件層41之上表面上。於元件層41內,設置作為邏輯電路LGA及LGB而發揮功能之邏輯元件層45及46、以及配線層47~53。  配線層47包含設置於通孔42-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊44-1之下端上之第2端。配線層47例如連接於內部電路。  配線層48及49利用與圖5中之配線層28及29不同之配線圖案而連接通孔42-2、邏輯元件層45、及焊墊44-2之間。具體而言,配線層48包含設置於通孔42-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層45之上端上之第2端。配線層48例如連接於內部電路。配線層49包含設置於邏輯元件層45之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊44-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層45包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層45作為將自焊墊44-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊43-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA而發揮功能。  配線層50及51利用與圖5中之配線層30及31不同之配線圖案而連接通孔42-3、邏輯元件層46、及焊墊44-3之間。具體而言,配線層50包含設置於通孔42-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層46之上端上之第2端。配線層50例如連接於內部電路。配線層51包含設置於邏輯元件層46之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊44-3之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層46包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層46作為將自凸塊43-3輸入之信號朝向焊墊44-3輸出之邏輯電路LGB而發揮功能。  配線層52包含設置於通孔42-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層53包含設置於焊墊44-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  如上所述,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案關於yz平面處於鏡像對稱之關係。因此,於圖7之例中,凸塊43-1及焊墊44-1分別設置於自半導體基板40之-x方向之端(左端)起距離d1及d5之位置。凸塊43-2及焊墊44-2分別設置於自半導體基板40之左端起距離d2及d6之位置。凸塊43-3及焊墊44-3分別設置於自半導體基板40之左端起距離d3及d7之位置。凸塊43-4及焊墊44-4分別設置於自半導體基板40之左端起距離d4及d8之位置。  藉由如以上般構成,核心晶片CC1及CC3之晶片設計包含與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案鏡像對稱之佈局圖案、及與核心晶片CC0及CC2之配線圖案不同之配線圖案。  1.1.4.3關於核心晶片群之積層構造  其次,使用圖8對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造進行說明。圖8係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。圖8表示將圖5及圖7中所示之核心晶片CC0~CC3按該順序積層而成之構造。  如圖8所示,核心晶片CC0之上表面與核心晶片CC1之上表面貼合。如上所述,核心晶片CC0之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC1之佈局圖案係關於彼此之上表面彼此之對向面而設計為鏡像對稱。因此,核心晶片CC0之焊墊24-1~24-4之位置分別與核心晶片CC1之焊墊44-1~44-4之位置對準。  又,核心晶片CC1之下表面與核心晶片CC2之下表面貼合。如上所述,核心晶片CC1之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC2之佈局圖案係關於彼此之上表面彼此之對向面而設計為鏡像對稱。因此,核心晶片CC1之凸塊43-1~43-4之位置分別與核心晶片CC2之凸塊23-1~23-4之位置對準。  又,核心晶片CC2之上表面與核心晶片CC3之上表面貼合。如上所述,核心晶片CC2之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC3之佈局圖案係關於彼此之上表面彼此之對向面而設計為鏡像對稱。因此,核心晶片CC2之焊墊24-1~24-4之位置分別與核心晶片CC3之焊墊44-1~44-4之位置對準。  藉由如以上般構成,核心晶片CC0~CC3可形成能夠與各個內部電路通信之信號路徑SL1~SL4。如上所述,核心晶片CC0及CC2之配線圖案、與核心晶片CC1及CC3之配線圖案彼此不同。因此,於信號路徑SL2中,邏輯元件層25與邏輯元件層45之輸入輸出關係匹配。又,於信號路徑SL3中,邏輯元件層26與邏輯元件層46之輸入輸出關係匹配。  再者,於以下之說明中,將如核心晶片CC0及CC1之組、以及核心晶片CC2及CC3之組般包含2個半導體基板且元件層之上表面彼此貼合而成之構成稱為「晶片集CS」。於第1實施形態中,包含核心晶片CC0及CC1之組之晶片集CS、與包含核心晶片CC2及CC3之組之晶片集CS為相同之構成。  1.2關於製造方法  其次,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法進行說明。  1.2.1關於製造方法之概要  首先,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之概要進行說明。圖9係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之概要之模式圖。圖10係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之流程圖。  如圖9所示,複數個晶片集CS係自相互貼合之2個晶圓W1及W2切割出。使用圖10對其概要進行說明。  如圖10所示,於步驟ST10中,藉由光微影法,使用預先設計之1個遮罩集於晶圓W1及W2之各者之上表面轉印元件層21及41。即,該1個遮罩集可定義核心晶片CC0~CC3之晶片設計(佈局圖案及配線圖案)。再者,於以下之說明中,2片晶圓W1及W2內相當於1個晶片集CS之部分係於自晶圓W1及W2切割出之前之狀態下亦稱為晶片集CS。  於步驟ST20中,使形成有元件層之2片晶圓W1及W2貼合。具體而言,晶圓W1及W2係以設置於各自之上表面上之元件層彼此對向之方式貼合。  於步驟ST30中,被貼合之晶圓W1及W2之下表面被研磨。具體而言,使被貼合之晶圓W1及W2中之一者(例如晶圓W2)作為支持基盤而發揮功能,對另一者(例如晶圓W1)進行研磨。又,於晶圓W2之研磨時,亦可於晶圓W1側藉由作為支持基盤而發揮功能之虛設之半導體基板而固定。虛設之半導體基板例如於研磨結束之後、或者下述晶片篩選步驟之後被去除。研磨之結果為,於晶圓W1及W2之各者之經研磨之面,通孔22之下端及42之下端露出。於通孔22及42露出之部分,設置凸塊23及43。  於步驟ST40中,藉由晶片篩選步驟,檢測不良之核心晶片區域。具體而言,將晶片篩選機(die sorter)之針接觸端子接觸(探測)於步驟ST20中設置之凸塊23或43,檢查是否能夠執行所需之通信。探測之結果為,能夠於所有針接觸位置執行所需之通信之晶片集CS被判定為未檢測出不良(良品)。另一方面,包含無法執行所需之通信之部分之晶片集CS被判定為檢測出不良(不良品)。  於步驟ST50中,晶圓W1及W2藉由切晶步驟而分割成晶片集CS單元。  其後,篩選於步驟ST40中被判定為良品之晶片集CS並積層。藉此,設置核心晶片群11。又,與另外製造之介面晶片10組合,最終半導體記憶裝置3之製造完成。  1.2.2關於晶圓形成  其次,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法、及2片晶圓之貼合方法進行說明。圖11係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。圖12係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之2片晶圓之貼合方法之模式圖。即,圖11及圖12分別對應於圖10中之步驟ST10及ST20。  於圖11及圖12中,模式性地表示使用遮罩集MS1而轉印至晶圓W1及W2上之佈局圖案。具體而言,於圖11及圖12中,圖4及圖5中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P1表示,圖6及圖7中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P2表示。於以下之說明中,圖4及圖5中所說明之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P1,圖6及圖7中所說明之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P2。  如圖11所示,遮罩集MS1係沿x方向交替地排列佈局圖案P1及P2。而且,遮罩集MS1係以沿x方向之兩端分別成為不同之佈局圖案之方式配置。  又,如圖12所示,晶圓W1及W2例如以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合。藉此,例如,於圖12中,轉印有佈局圖案P1之晶圓W1之左上角之區域AreaA、與轉印有佈局圖案P2之晶圓W2之右上角之區域AreaB被貼合。關於其他區域亦同樣地,於晶圓W1上之轉印有佈局圖案P1之區域貼合晶圓W2上之轉印有佈局圖案P2之區域,於晶圓W1之轉印有佈局圖案P2之區域貼合晶圓W2上之轉印有佈局圖案P1之區域。  又,於遮罩集MS1中,佈局圖案P1及P2分別對應於圖5中所示之配線圖案及圖7中所示之配線圖案。藉由使轉印有如以上般之遮罩集MS1之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖8中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  再者,於圖11及圖12中,對使用1個遮罩集MS1之情形進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,晶圓W1及W2亦可使用不同之遮罩集。具體而言,例如,假定於晶圓W1僅轉印佈局圖案P1,於晶圓W2僅轉印佈局圖案P2之情形。  1.2.3關於晶片篩選  其次,對第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選之方法進行說明。圖13係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之晶片篩選之探測之模式圖。即,圖13對應於圖10中之步驟ST40。  如圖13所示,對晶圓W2之晶片篩選例如可藉由使未圖示之晶片篩選機之探測端子接觸於設置在晶圓W2之下表面上之凸塊43而實施。如上所述,遮罩集MS1係沿x方向交替地排列佈局圖案P1及P2。因此,於晶圓W2之下表面上,按照遮罩集MS1,沿x方向交替地設置藉由彼此不同之配置圖案B1及B2而配置之凸塊43。更具體而言,配置圖案B1及B2相互關於yz平面成為鏡像對稱。因此,針對配置圖案B1能夠應用之針接觸位置對於配置圖案B2而言則無法應用。於第1實施形態中,關於晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS1之重複單位(於圖13中表示為DSU),可將沿x方向相鄰之彼此不同之2個佈局圖案之組定義為1個單位。亦即,晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS1之重複單位DSU對應於配置圖案B1及B2之組。  藉由定義如以上般定義之晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS1,能夠對沿x方向排列有不同之佈局圖案P1及P2之晶圓W2,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  再者,於在晶圓W1僅轉印有佈局圖案P1,於晶圓W2僅轉印有佈局圖案P2之情形時,配置於同一晶圓上之凸塊63之配置圖案於晶片集CS單元中全部相同。因此,應用於同一晶圓上之晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU之尺寸可設為圖13之情形時之一半。  1.3本實施形態之效果  根據第1實施形態,能降低核心晶片群之製造成本。關於本效果,於以下進行說明。  作為能夠提高記憶體製品之特性之構成,已知有包含使具有TSV之核心晶片積層而成之核心晶片群之構成。一般而言,核心晶片群可藉由將對1片晶圓進行切晶而獲得之核心晶片彼此以上表面與下表面相接之方式積層而形成。  於第1實施形態中,於切晶之前使2片晶圓W1及W2之上表面彼此貼合。然後,藉由對被貼合之2片晶圓W1及W2同時進行切晶而獲得晶片集CS。核心晶片群11係使該晶片集CS積層而設置。晶片集CS之對應於晶圓W1之部分、及對應於晶圓W2之部分均作為1個核心晶片CC而發揮功能。藉此,每積層2個晶片集CS彼此,便積層4個核心晶片CC。因此,與將晶圓W1及W2逐片地進行切晶之後將核心晶片CC逐個地積層之情形相比,能夠大幅度地減少積層所需要之步驟。因此,能降低製造成本。  又,2個晶片集CS其凸塊彼此連接。因此,於製造步驟中,可將2個凸塊視為1個凸塊。藉此,晶片集CS間之連接所需之凸塊之大小實質上能夠控制為1個凸塊左右之大小。因此,能降低晶片集群之積層方向之高度,進而能降低製造成本。  又,晶圓W1及W2係藉由相同之遮罩集MS1而形成元件層。該遮罩集MS1包含彼此不同之2個佈局圖案P1及P2。佈局圖案P1及P2交替地排列。因此,於將晶圓W1及W2貼合時,能夠將轉印有佈局圖案P1之元件層與轉印有佈局圖案P2之元件層貼合。  再者,遮罩集MS1之設計所需要之成本相當於設計佈局圖案P1及P2之成本。然而,佈局圖案P1及P2相互具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,佈局圖案P2實質上包含於佈局圖案P1之設計成本。因此,遮罩集MS1之設計成本能夠控制為與1個核心晶片CC之設計成本等同。  又,如上所述,佈局圖案P1及P2相互具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,於將晶圓W1及W2貼合時,設置於晶圓W1上之端子T1b~T4b、與設置於晶圓W2上之端子T1a~T4a之位置及用途一致。藉此,能夠使晶圓W1與W2之間之連接匹配。又,於將晶圓W1及W2貼合時,設置於晶圓W1上之核心晶片CC之內部電路、與設置於晶圓W2上之核心晶片CC之內部電路之功能於積層方向上配置於相同之位置。因此,能夠以1個信號路徑將設置於晶圓W1上之核心晶片CC中所需要之信號、與設置於晶圓W2上之核心晶片CC中所需要之信號進行通信。藉此,能夠減少應設置之信號路徑之個數。  再者,晶圓上轉印有佈局圖案P1之部分與轉印有佈局圖案P2之部分之端子之配置彼此不同。於第1實施形態中,晶片篩選時所使用之探測端子係針對相互相鄰之2個不同之佈局圖案P1及P2應用不同之配置。而且,將包含該2個不同之配置在內之端子之配置定義為重複單位DSU。因此,即便於不同之佈局圖案P1及P2被轉印至同一晶圓上之情形時,亦能夠無問題地執行晶片篩選步驟。  再者,如上所述,由於佈局圖案P1及P2相互具有鏡像對稱之關係,故而若將晶圓W1及W2貼合,則邏輯電路之輸入輸出端之朝向互為反向。於第1實施形態中,佈局圖案P1及P2對應於彼此不同之配線圖案。具體而言,於一配線圖案中,若邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於焊墊及凸塊之情形時,於另一配線圖案中,邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於凸塊及焊墊。因此,於將晶圓W1及W2貼合時,能夠使設置於晶圓W1內之邏輯電路與設置於晶圓W2內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。  1.4第1實施形態之變化例  再者,第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置並不限定於上述例,能夠應用各種變化例。  例如,於第1實施形態中,對2個佈局圖案關於yz平面成為鏡像對稱之情形進行了說明,但並不限定於此,亦可關於xz平面為鏡像對稱。  圖14係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案之俯視圖。於圖14中,表示於核心晶片CC1及CC3中共通之構成。再者,關於核心晶片CC0及CC2,設為與第1實施形態相同之構成,而省略其說明。  如圖14所示,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案設置於與核心晶片CC0及CC2相同之矩形狀之區域。而且,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係相對於核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案而關於xz平面成為鏡像對稱。更具體而言,平面0~平面3分別配置於矩形狀之區域之4角(圖14中之左下角、左上角、右下角、及右上角)。其他各種電路與核心晶片CC0及CC2中之說明同樣地配置。  如以上般配置之核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案例如圖14所示般對應於將圖4所示之符號P1關於xz平面而鏡像對稱地轉換所得之符號P3。即,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係藉由實施與自符號P3向符號P1之轉換相同之轉換,而與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案一致。  其次,對第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法、及2片晶圓之貼合方法進行說明。  圖15係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。圖16係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之2片晶圓之貼合方法的模式圖。即,圖15及圖16分別對應於圖10中之步驟ST10及ST20。  於圖15及圖16中,模式性地表示使用遮罩集MS2而轉印至晶圓W1及W2上之佈局圖案。具體而言,於圖15及圖16中,圖4中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P1表示,圖14中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P3表示。於以下之說明中,圖14及圖7中所說明之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P3。  如圖15所示,遮罩集MS2係沿y方向交替地排列佈局圖案P1及P3。而且,遮罩集MS2係以沿y方向之兩端分別成為不同之佈局圖案之方式配置。  又,如圖16所示,晶圓W1及W2例如以由在xy平面上沿y方向排列之狀態關於xz平面對折之方式貼合。藉此,例如,於圖16中,轉印有佈局圖案P1之晶圓W1之左上角之區域AreaA、與轉印有佈局圖案P3之晶圓W2之左下角之區域AreaC被貼合。關於其他區域亦同樣地,於晶圓W1上之轉印有佈局圖案P1之區域貼合晶圓W2上之轉印有佈局圖案P3之區域,於晶圓W1之轉印有佈局圖案P3之區域貼合晶圓W2上之轉印有佈局圖案P1之區域。  又,於遮罩集MS1中,佈局圖案P1及P3分別對應於圖5中所示之配線圖案及圖7中所示之配線圖案。藉由使轉印有如以上般之遮罩集MS2之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖8中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  其次,對第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選之方法進行說明。圖17係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之晶片篩選之探測之模式圖。即,圖17對應於圖10中之步驟ST40。  如上所述,遮罩集MS2係沿y方向交替地排列佈局圖案P1及P3。因此,如圖17所示,於晶圓W2之下表面上,按照遮罩集MS2,沿y方向交替地設置藉由彼此不同之配置圖案B1及B3而配置之凸塊43。由於配置圖案B1及B3相互關於xz平面成為鏡像對稱,故而針對配置圖案B1能夠應用之針接觸位置對於配置圖案B3而言則無法應用。因此,於第1實施形態之變化例中,關於晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS2之重複單位DSU,可將沿y方向相鄰之彼此不同之2個佈局圖案之組定義為1個單位。亦即,晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS2之重複單位DSU係對應於配置圖案B1及B3之組。  藉由定義如以上般定義之晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS2,能夠對沿y方向排列有不同之佈局圖案P1及P3之晶圓W2,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  2.第2實施形態  其次,對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置進行說明。第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係以構成晶片集之2個核心晶片彼此之佈局圖案關於使各者之上表面彼此對向時之對向面成為鏡像對稱之方式設計。第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係以構成晶片集之2個核心晶片彼此之佈局圖案相同之方式設計。以下,對與第1實施形態相同之構成要素標註相同之符號並省略其說明,對與第1實施形態不同之部分進行說明。  2.1關於構成  對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成進行說明。  2.1.1關於核心晶片間之連接  使用圖18對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接進行說明。圖18係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接例之電路圖。  如圖18所示,核心晶片CC0~CC3之各者包含端子T1a、T4a、T5a、T6a、T7a、及T8a、以及端子T1b、T4b、T5b、T6b、T7b、及T8b。又,核心晶片CC0~CC3之各者包含邏輯電路LGA1、LGA2、LGB1、及LGB2。關於端子T1a與T1b、以及端子T4a與T4b之連接,由於與第1實施形態相同,故而省略說明。  核心晶片CC0之端子T5a~T8a例如與外部之介面晶片10或控制器2連接。核心晶片CC0之端子T5b~T8b分別連接於核心晶片CC1之端子T5a~T8a。核心晶片CC1之端子T5b~T8b分別連接於核心晶片CC2之端子T5a~T5a。核心晶片CC2之端子T5b~T8b分別連接於核心晶片CC3之端子T5a~T8a。  於各個核心晶片CC中,端子T5a與T5b、端子T6a與T6b、端子T7a與T7b、以及端子8a與T8b係經由設置於各個核心晶片CC之內部之配線而連接。於核心晶片CC0及CC2中,邏輯電路LGA1設置於端子T7a與T7b之間之配線上,邏輯電路LGB1設置於端子T8a與T8b之間之配線上。邏輯電路LGA1包含連接於端子T7a之輸入端、及連接於端子T7b之輸出端。邏輯電路LGB1包含連接於端子T8b之輸入端、及連接於端子T8a之輸出端。又,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中,邏輯電路LGA2設置於端子T7a與T7b之間之配線上,邏輯電路LGB2設置於端子T8a與T8b之間之配線上。邏輯電路LGA2包含連接於端子T7a之輸入端、及連接於端子T7b之輸出端。邏輯電路LGB2包含連接於端子T8b之輸入端、及連接於端子T8a之輸出端。  藉由如以上般構成,自核心晶片CC0之端子T5a至核心晶片CC3之端子T5b為止、及自核心晶片CC0之端子T6a至核心晶片CC3之端子T6b為止分別作為能夠將信號收發至核心晶片CC0~CC3之各者之信號路徑SL5及SL6而發揮功能。  信號路徑SL5連接於核心晶片CC0及CC2內之內部電路,但核心晶片CC1及CC3內之內部電路被切斷(略過內部電路)。信號路徑SL6連接於核心晶片CC1及CC3內之內部電路,但略過核心晶片CC0及CC2內之內部電路。藉此,各核心晶片CC之內部電路能夠經由信號路徑SL5或SL6而與控制器2及介面晶片10通信信號。再者,第2實施形態中之信號路徑SL1例如假定於各核心晶片CC中共通地供給之電源等。  又,自核心晶片CC0之端子T7a至核心晶片CC3之端子T7b為止係作為能夠將利用核心晶片CCn(n為0≦n≦2)之邏輯電路LGA1或LGA2進行運算處理後之信號發送至核心晶片CC(n+1)之信號路徑SL7而發揮功能。又,自核心晶片CC0之端子T8a至核心晶片CC3之端子T8b為止係作為能夠將利用核心晶片CC(n+1)之邏輯電路LGB1或LGB2進行運算處理後之信號發送至核心晶片CCn之信號路徑SL8而發揮功能。再者,核心晶片CC0之端子T5a~T8a能夠與介面晶片10或控制器2之間收發各種信號。  再者,邏輯電路LGA1及LGA2可彼此不同,亦可雖為相同之電路但任1個實質上不進行邏輯運算。同樣地,邏輯電路LGB1及LGB2可彼此不同,亦可雖為相同之電路但任1個實質上不進行邏輯運算。亦即,信號路徑SL7包含信號路徑SL2,信號路徑SL8包含信號路徑SL3。又,邏輯電路LGA1、LGA2、LGB1、及LGB2可與內部電路連接,亦可不與內部電路連接。  2.1.2關於核心晶片之構成  其次,對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成進行說明。  第2實施形態中之核心晶片CC0~CC3之俯視圖與第1實施形態之圖4中所示之核心晶片CC0及CC2之俯視圖相同。但是,第2實施形態中之核心晶片CC之佈局圖案之圖4中未圖示之各端子及邏輯電路之配置與第1實施形態中之核心晶片CC之佈局圖案不同。  圖19及圖20係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖。圖19及圖20對應於沿圖4中所示之V-V線之剖面。又,於圖19中,表示於核心晶片CC0及CC2中共通之構成,於圖20中,表示於核心晶片CC1及CC3中共通之構成。  首先,對核心晶片CC0及CC2之構成進行說明。  圖19所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖4所示之符號P1不同之符號P4。如圖19所示,按照對應於符號P4之佈局圖案、及對應於該佈局圖案之配線圖案,於半導體基板60之上表面上設置元件層61。再者,於圖19中,為了簡化,省略關於除端子T5a~T8a、T5b~T8b以及邏輯電路LGA1及LGB1以外之內部電路之記載。  於半導體基板60,設置作為TSV而發揮功能之複數個通孔62L(62L-1、62L-2、62L-3、及62L-4)、以及62R(62R-1、62R-2、62R-3、及62R-4)。  於核心晶片CC0及CC2中,於半導體基板60之下表面上之通孔62L-1~62L-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T5a、T7a、T8a、及T4a而發揮功能之凸塊63L-1、63L-2、63L-3、及63L-4。於半導體基板60之下表面上之通孔62R-1~62R-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T6a、T8a、T7a、及T4a而發揮功能之凸塊63R-1、63R-2、63R-3、及63R-4。於元件層61之上表面上,設置作為端子T5b、T7b、T8b、及T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊64L(64L-1、64L-2、64L-3、及64L-4)。又,於元件層61之上表面上,設置作為端子T6b、T8b、T7b、及T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊64R(64R-1、64R-2、64R-3、及64R-4)。焊墊64之上表面露出於元件層61之上表面上。於元件層61內分別設置作為邏輯電路LGA1、LGB1、及LGB1而發揮功能之邏輯元件層65~67、以及配線層68~80。  配線層68包含設置於通孔62L-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64L-1之下端上之第2端。配線層68例如連接於內部電路。  配線層69包含設置於通孔62R-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64R-1之下端上之第2端。配線層69例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層61。  配線層70包含設置於通孔62L-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層65之下端上之第2端。配線層70例如連接於內部電路。配線層71包含設置於邏輯元件層65之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64L-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層65包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層65作為將自凸塊63L-2輸入之信號朝向焊墊64L-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能。  配線層72包含設置於通孔62R-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層66之下端上之第2端。配線層73包含設置於邏輯元件層66之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64R-2之下端上之第2端。配線層72及73例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層61。邏輯元件層66包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層66作為將自焊墊64R-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊63R-2輸出之邏輯電路LGB1而發揮功能。  配線層74包含設置於通孔62L-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層67之下端上之第2端。配線層75包含設置於邏輯元件層67之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64L-3之下端上之第2端。配線層74及75例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層61。邏輯元件層67包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層67作為將自焊墊64L-3輸入之信號朝向凸塊63L-3輸出之邏輯電路LGB1而發揮功能。  配線層76包含設置於通孔62R-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64R-3之下端上之第2端。配線層76例如連接於內部電路。  配線層77包含設置於通孔62L-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層78包含設置於焊墊64L-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  配線層79包含設置於通孔62R-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層80包含設置於焊墊64R-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  於圖19之例中,凸塊63L及63R設置於關於半導體基板60之沿x方向之寬度之中心(以下簡稱為「半導體基板60之中心」)而對稱之位置。具體而言,凸塊63L-1及63R-1設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d9之位置。凸塊63L-2及63R-2設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d10之位置。凸塊63L-3及63R-3設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d11之位置。凸塊63L-4及63R-4設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d12之位置。  又,焊墊64L及64R設置於關於半導體基板60之中心而對稱之位置。具體而言,焊墊64L-1及64R-1設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d13之位置。焊墊64L-2及64R-2設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d14之位置。焊墊64L-3及64R-3設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d15之位置。焊墊64L-4及64R-4設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d16之位置。  再者,距離d9與d13、距離d10與d14、距離d11與d15、或距離d12與d16可為彼此相同之距離,亦可為不同之距離。  其次,對核心晶片CC1及CC3之構成進行說明。  如圖20所示,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案一致。亦即,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案對應於符號P4。  因此,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中,凸塊63L與63R係關於半導體基板60之中心而對稱,且設置於與核心晶片CC0及CC2中之凸塊63L及63R相同之位置。又,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中,焊墊64L及64R係關於半導體基板60之中心而對稱,且設置於與核心晶片CC0及CC2中之焊墊64L及64R相同之位置。  再者,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中,凸塊63、焊墊64、及邏輯元件層65~67之功能與核心晶片CC0及CC2不同。  具體而言,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中,凸塊63L-1~63L-4分別作為端子T6b、T8b、T7b、及T4b而發揮功能。凸塊63R-1~63R-4分別作為端子T5b、T7b、T8b、及T4b而發揮功能。焊墊64L-1~64L-4分別作為端子T6a、T8a、T7a、及T4a而發揮功能。焊墊64R-1~64R-4分別作為端子T5a、T7a、T8a、及T4a而發揮功能。邏輯元件層65~67分別作為邏輯電路LGB2、LGA2、及LGA2而發揮功能。  藉由如以上般構成,核心晶片CC1及CC3之晶片設計包含與核心晶片CC0及CC2之佈局圖案相同之佈局圖案及相同之配線圖案。亦即,核心晶片CC0~CC3包含相同之晶片設計。  2.1.3關於核心晶片群之積層構造  其次,使用圖21對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造進行說明。圖21係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。圖21表示將圖19及圖20中所示之核心晶片CC0~CC3按該順序積層而成之構造。  如圖21所示,核心晶片CC0之上表面及核心晶片CC2之上表面分別與核心晶片CC1之上表面及核心晶片CC3之上表面貼合。又,核心晶片CC1之下表面與核心晶片CC2之下表面貼合。  如上所述,於核心晶片CC0~CC4中,凸塊63L與63R設置於相對於半導體基板60之中心而相互對稱之位置。又,焊墊64L與64R設置於相對於半導體基板60之中心而相互對稱之位置。因此,核心晶片CC0及CC2之焊墊64L-1~64L-4、及64R-1~64R-4之位置分別與核心晶片CC1及CC2之焊墊64L-1~64L~4、及64R-1~64R-4之位置對準。又,核心晶片CC1之凸塊63L-1~63L-4、及63R-1~63R-4之位置分別與核心晶片CC2之凸塊63L-1~63L-4、及63R-1~63R-4之位置對準。  藉由如以上般構成,核心晶片CC0~CC3形成能夠相互通信之信號路徑SL4~信號路徑SL8。  2.2關於製造方法  其次,對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法進行說明。  2.2.1關於晶圓形成  對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法、及2片晶圓之貼合方法進行說明。  圖22係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。圖22對應於圖10中之步驟ST10。  於圖22中,模式性地表示使用遮罩集MS3而轉印至晶圓W1及W2上之佈局圖案。  於第2實施形態中,如上所述,核心晶片CC0~CC3係藉由相同之晶片設計而形成。因此,如圖22所示,遮罩集MS3係同樣地排列佈局圖案P4。晶圓W1及W2例如可與第1實施形態中之圖12同樣地以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合,亦可與第1實施形態之變化例中之圖16同樣地以由在xy平面上沿y方向排列之狀態關於xz平面對折之方式貼合。  藉由如以上般使轉印有遮罩集MS3之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖21中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  2.2.2關於晶片篩選  其次,對第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選之方法進行說明。圖23係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之晶片篩選之探測之模式圖。即,圖23對應於圖10中之步驟ST40。  如圖23所示,對晶圓W2之晶片篩選例如可藉由使未圖示之晶片篩選機之探測端子接觸於設置在晶圓W2之下表面上之凸塊63而實施。如上所述,遮罩集MS3係同樣地排列相同之佈局圖案P4。因此,於晶圓W2之下表面上,按照遮罩集MS3,同樣地設置藉由與該佈局圖案P4對應之配置圖案B4而配置之凸塊63。因此,於第2實施形態中,關於晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS3之重複單位DSU,可將1個佈局圖案定義為1個單位。亦即,晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS3之重複單位DSU對應於配置圖案B4。  藉由定義如以上般定義之晶片篩選機之針接觸位置DS3,能夠對排列有相同之晶片設計之晶圓W2,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  2.3本實施形態之效果  於第2實施形態中,晶圓W1及W2係藉由相同之遮罩集MS3而形成元件層。該遮罩集MS3係同樣地排列相同之晶片設計。藉此,能夠僅藉由設計1個核心晶片CC之佈局圖案及配線圖案,而設計遮罩集MS3。因此,能降低製造成本。  又,第2實施形態之佈局圖案係於關於半導體基板之中心而對稱之位置設置凸塊63及焊墊64。因此,使晶圓W1及W2貼合時彼此之端子之位置一致。藉此,能夠使晶圓W1與W2之間之連接對準。  再者,於第2實施形態中,若使晶圓W1及W2貼合,則設置於晶圓W1上之核心晶片CC0之內部電路、與設置於晶圓W2上之核心晶片CC之內部電路之功能於積層方向上配置於不同之位置。因此,存在無法利用同一信號路徑對設置於晶圓W1上之核心晶片CC中需要之信號、與設置於晶圓W2上之核心晶片CC中需要之信號進行通信之可能性。因此,於第2實施形態中,設置用以連接於該核心晶片CC0及CC2之內部電路之信號路徑SL5、及用以連接於核心晶片CC1及CC3之內部電路之信號路徑SL6。即,於信號路徑SL5中,將信號收發至核心晶片CC0及CC2,核心晶片CC1及CC3略過該信號。於信號路徑SL6中,將信號收發至核心晶片CC1及CC3,核心晶片CC0及CC2略過該信號。藉此,雖然設置於晶圓W1及W2上之信號路徑之個數增多,但能夠使用相同之晶片設計將所需之信號收發至各核心晶片CC。  2.4第2實施形態之第1變化例  再者,第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置並不限定於上述例,能夠應用各種變化例。  於第2實施形態中,對針對核心晶片CC0及CC1應用相同之晶片設計之情形進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,亦可對核心晶片CC0及CC1,一面應用相同之佈局圖案,一面應用不同之配線圖案。該情形可能於例如核心晶片CC內設置於左右對稱之位置之邏輯電路彼此向相同之方向輸入輸出信號之情形時產生。  圖24及圖25係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖。於圖24中,表示於核心晶片CC0及CC2中共通之構成,於圖25中,表示於核心晶片CC1及CC3中共通之構成。  圖24所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖19所示之符號P4不同之符號P5。如圖24所示,於第2實施形態之第1變化例中,核心晶片CC0及CC2包含邏輯元件層66A以代替邏輯元件層66。即,配線層72包含設置於通孔62R-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層66A之下端上之第2端。配線層73包含設置於邏輯元件層66A之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64R-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層66A包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層66A作為將自凸塊63R-2輸入之信號朝向焊墊64R-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能。  又,如圖25所示,核心晶片CC1及CC3之佈局圖案係與核心晶片CC0及CC2同樣地對應於符號P5。然而,核心晶片CC1及CC3包含與核心晶片CC0及CC2不同之配線圖案。具體而言,核心晶片CC1及CC3包含配線層70A~73A以代替配線層70~73。  配線層70A包含設置於通孔62L-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層65之上端上之第2端。配線層71A包含設置於邏輯元件層65之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64L-2之下端上之第2端。亦即,邏輯元件層65作為將自焊墊64L-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊63L-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA2而發揮功能。  配線層72A包含設置於通孔62R-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層66A之上端上之第2端。配線層73A包含設置於邏輯元件層66A之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊64R-2之下端上之第2端。亦即,邏輯元件層66A作為將自焊墊64R-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊63R-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA2而發揮功能。  圖26係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造的剖視圖。如圖26所示,於信號路徑SL7a及SL7b中,於核心晶片CC0及CC2與核心晶片CC1及CC3中,邏輯元件層之輸入輸出端之位置反轉。為了使邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配,核心晶片CC1及CC3係於信號路徑SL7a及SL7b中具有與核心晶片CC0及CC2不同之配線圖案。具體而言,相對於在核心晶片CC0及CC2中邏輯元件層65之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於凸塊63L-2及焊墊64L-2,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中邏輯元件層66A之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於焊墊64R-2及凸塊63R-2。又,相對於在核心晶片CC0及CC2中邏輯元件層66A之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於凸塊63R-2及焊墊64R-2,於核心晶片CC1及CC3中邏輯元件層65之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於焊墊64L-2及凸塊63L-2。  藉由以此方式構成,即便於在核心晶片CC內於左右對稱之位置設置有相同之邏輯電路之情形時,亦能夠使各信號路徑之輸入輸出關係匹配。  其次,對第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法進行說明。圖27係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。於以下之說明中,圖24及圖25中所說明之核心晶片CC0~CC3之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P5。  如圖27所示,遮罩集MS3a係同樣地排列佈局圖案P5。再者,於圖27之例中,遮罩集MS3a例如沿x方向交替地排列與用於核心晶片CC0及CC2之配線圖案對應之佈局圖案P5、及與用於核心晶片CC1及CC3之配線圖案對應之佈局圖案P5。而且,遮罩集MS3a係以沿x方向之兩端分別成為不同之配線圖案之方式配置。晶圓W1及W2例如與第1實施形態中之圖12同樣地以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合。  藉由如以上般使轉印有遮罩集MS3之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖26中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  再者,第2實施形態之第1變化例之製造方法並不限定於使用包含彼此不同之配線圖案之1個遮罩集之例,亦可使用2個包含不同之配線圖案之遮罩集。  圖28係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。如圖28所示,亦可於晶圓W1及W2分別應用不同之遮罩集MS3b及MS3c。  具體而言,如圖28(A)所示,遮罩集MS3b係同樣地排列與用於核心晶片CC0及CC2之配線圖案對應之佈局圖案P5。又,如圖28(B)所示,遮罩集MS3c係同樣地排列與用於核心晶片CC1及CC3之配線圖案對應之佈局圖案P5。  藉由如以上般使轉印有遮罩集MS3b之晶圓W1、與轉印有遮罩集MS3c之晶圓W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖26中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  3.第3實施形態  其次,對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置進行說明。第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係對在核心晶片CC內將凸塊設置於左右對稱之位置之情形進行了說明。第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係於核心晶片CC內之凸塊設置於左右非對稱之位置之方面與第2實施形態不同。又,第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係以於晶片集間成為相同之佈局圖案之方式設計,但第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係於2個晶片集間使用彼此不同之佈局圖案。更具體而言,彼此不同之2個佈局圖案係以成為鏡像對稱之方式設計。以下,對與第2實施形態相同之構成要素標註相同之符號並省略其說明,對與第2實施形態不同之部分進行說明。  3.1關於構成  對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成進行說明。  3.1.1關於核心晶片之構成  對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成進行說明。  圖29~圖32係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖。於圖29~圖32中分別表示核心晶片CC0~CC3之構成。如上所述,於第3實施形態中,核心晶片CC0及CC1之佈局圖案、與核心晶片CC2及CC3之佈局圖案彼此不同。  首先,對核心晶片CC0進行說明。  圖29所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖19所示之符號P4、及圖24所示之符號P5不同之符號P6。如圖29所示,核心晶片CC0係除一部分以外具有與圖19之構成相同之構成。具體而言,核心晶片CC0包含通孔62R-3B、凸塊63R-3B、配線層76B、及焊墊64R-3B以代替圖19中之通孔62R-3、凸塊63R-3、配線層76、及焊墊64R-3。  凸塊63R-3B、通孔62R-3B、配線層76B、及焊墊64R-3B之連接關係與凸塊63R-3、通孔62R-3、配線層76、及焊墊64R-3之連接關係相同。然而,凸塊63L-3與63R-3B設置於關於半導體基板60之中心而非對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於凸塊63L-3設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d11之位置,凸塊63R-3B設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d11B之位置。  再者,焊墊64L-3與64R-3設置於關於半導體基板60之中心而對稱之位置。具體而言,焊墊64L-3及64R-3設置於自半導體基板60之中心起距離d15之位置。  其次,對核心晶片CC1進行說明。  如圖30所示,核心晶片CC1之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC0之佈局圖案一致。因此,於圖30之例中,焊墊64L-3與64R-3係關於半導體基板60之中心而對稱,且設置於與圖29中之焊墊64L-3及64R-3相同之位置。又,凸塊63L-3及63R-3係關於半導體基板60之中心而非對稱,且設置於與圖29中之凸塊63L-3及63R-3相同之位置。  其次,對核心晶片CC2進行說明。  圖31所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖29及圖30所示之符號P6不同之符號P7。如圖31所示,核心晶片CC2之佈局圖案例如相對於核心晶片CC0及CC1之佈局圖案,具有關於yz平面而鏡像對稱之關係。  具體而言,於半導體基板90上設置元件層91。於半導體基板90設置作為TSV而發揮功能之複數個通孔92L(92L-1、92L-2、92L-3、及92L-4)、以及92R(92R-1、92R-2、92R-3、及92R-4)。  於半導體基板90之下表面上之通孔92L-1~92L-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T5a、T7a、T8a、及T4a而發揮功能之凸塊93L-1、93L-2、93L-3、及93L-4。於半導體基板90之下表面上之通孔92R-1~92R-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T6a、T8a、T7a、及T4a而發揮功能之凸塊93R-1、93R-2、93R-3、及93R-4。於元件層91之上表面上設置作為端子T5b、T7b、T8b、及T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊94L(94L-1、94L-2、94L-3、及94L-4)。又,於元件層91之上表面上,設置作為端子T6b、T8b、T7b、及T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊94R(94R-1、94R-2、94R-3、及94R-4)。焊墊94之上表面露出於元件層91之上表面上。於元件層91內分別設置作為邏輯電路LGA1、LGB1、及LGA1而發揮功能之邏輯元件層95~97、以及配線層98~110。  配線層98包含設置於通孔92L-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94L-1之下端上之第2端。配線層98例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層91。  配線層99包含設置於通孔92R-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94R-1之下端上之第2端。配線層99例如連接於內部電路。  配線層100包含設置於通孔92L-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層95之上端上之第2端。配線層100例如連接於內部電路。配線層101包含設置於邏輯元件層95之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94L-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層95包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層95作為將自凸塊93L-2輸入之信號朝向焊墊94L-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能。  配線層102包含設置於通孔92R-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層96之上端上之第2端。配線層103包含設置於邏輯元件層96之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94R-2之下端上之第2端。配線層102及103例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層91。邏輯元件層96包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層96作為將自焊墊94R-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊93R-2輸出之邏輯電路LGB1而發揮功能。  配線層104包含設置於通孔92L-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94L-3之下端上之第2端。配線層104例如連接於內部電路。  配線層105包含設置於通孔92R-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層97之上端上之第2端。配線層106包含設置於邏輯元件層97之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊94R-3之下端上之第2端。配線層105及106例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層91。邏輯元件層97包含具有作為輸入端之功能之上端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之下端。亦即,邏輯元件層97作為將自凸塊93R-3輸入之信號朝向焊墊94R-3輸出之邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能。  配線層107包含設置於通孔92L-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層108包含設置於焊墊94L-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  配線層109包含設置於通孔92R-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層110包含設置於焊墊94R-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  於圖31之例中,焊墊94L與94R設置於關於半導體基板90之中心而對稱之位置。具體而言,焊墊94L-1及94R-1設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d13之位置。焊墊94L-2及94R-2設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d14之位置。焊墊94L-3及94R-3設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d15之位置。焊墊94L-4及94R-4設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d16之位置。  又,凸塊93L與93R係除凸塊93L-3與93R-3以外設置於關於半導體基板90之中心而非對稱之位置。具體而言,凸塊93L-1及93R-1設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d9之位置。凸塊93L-2及93R-2設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d10之位置。凸塊93L-4及93R-4設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d12之位置。  再者,凸塊93L-3與94R-3設置於關於半導體基板90之中心而非對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於凸塊93L-3設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d11B之位置,93R-3設置於自半導體基板90之中心起距離d11之位置。  其次,對核心晶片CC3進行說明。  如圖32所示,核心晶片CC3之佈局圖案與核心晶片CC2之佈局圖案一致。因此,於圖32之例中,焊墊94L-3與94R-3係關於半導體基板90之中心而對稱,且設置於與圖31中之焊墊94L-3及94R-3相同之位置。又,凸塊93L-3與93R-3係關於半導體基板90之中心而非對稱,且設置於與圖31中之凸塊93L-3及93R-3相同之位置。  3.1.2關於核心晶片群之積層構造  其次,使用圖33對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造進行說明。圖33係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。如圖33所示,於第3實施形態中,包含核心晶片CC0及CC1之晶片集CSa、與包含核心晶片CC2及CC3之晶片集CSb彼此不同。  具體而言,核心晶片CC2及CC3具有與核心晶片CC0及CC1鏡像對稱之佈局圖案。因此,於信號路徑SL7及SL8中,於核心晶片CC0及CC1與核心晶片CC2及CC3中,邏輯元件層之輸入輸出端之位置反轉。  為了使邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配,核心晶片CC2及CC3係於信號路徑SL7及SL8中具有與核心晶片CC0及CC1不同之配線圖案。具體而言,例如,於信號路徑SL7中,相對於在核心晶片CC0中於邏輯元件層65之下端及上端分別連接有配線層70及71,於核心晶片CC2中於邏輯元件層95之下端及上端分別連接有配線層101及100。又,相對於在核心晶片CC1中於邏輯元件層66之上端及下端分別連接有配線層73及72,於核心晶片CC3中於邏輯元件層96之上端及下端分別連接有配線層102及103。  藉由以此方式構成,即便於在核心晶片CC內於左右非對稱之位置設置有凸塊之情形時,亦能夠使各信號路徑之輸入輸出關係匹配。  3.2關於製造方法  其次,對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法進行說明。  3.2.1關於晶圓形成  對第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法進行說明。圖34係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。於以下之說明中,圖30及圖31中所說明之核心晶片CC0及CC1之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P6。又,圖32及圖33中所說明之核心晶片CC2及CC3之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P7。  如圖34所示,遮罩集MS3d例如沿x方向同樣地排列佈局圖案P6。又,遮罩集MS3d例如於與佈局圖案P6不同之行沿x方向同樣地排列佈局圖案P7。晶圓W1及W2例如與第1實施形態中之圖12同樣地以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合。  藉由如以上般將轉印有遮罩集MS3d之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可同時獲得複數個能夠作為圖34中所說明之晶片集CSa而發揮功能之構成、及能夠作為晶片集CSb而發揮功能之構成。  再者,於第3實施形態中,不限定於上述方法,亦可使用2個遮罩集。具體而言,例如,作為第1個遮罩集,亦可使用僅同樣地排列有佈局圖案P6之遮罩集。且,亦可藉由將由該第1個遮罩集而形成元件層之2片晶圓貼合,而設置晶片集CSa。又,作為第2個遮罩集,亦可使用僅同樣地排列有佈局圖案P7之遮罩集。然後,亦可藉由將由該第2個遮罩集而形成有元件層之2片晶圓貼合,而設置晶片集CSb。  3.2.2關於晶片篩選  第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選步驟例如可應用與第1實施形態之第1變化例相同之方法。即,可將佈局圖案P6之遮罩部分及佈局圖案P7用之遮罩部分之組定義為晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU。藉此,能夠對排列有相同之晶片設計之晶圓,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  再者,於由2個遮罩集形成元件層之情形時,分別實施對轉印有佈局圖案P6之晶圓之晶片篩選、及對轉印有佈局圖案P7之晶圓之晶片篩選。而且,於各個晶片篩選中,定義不同之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU。  3.3本實施形態之效果  根據第3實施形態,核心晶片CC2之佈局圖案P7與核心晶片CC1之佈局圖案P6具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,核心晶片CC2之凸塊設置於相對於核心晶片CC1與CC2貼合之面而與核心晶片CC1之凸塊對稱之位置。藉此,核心晶片CC1與核心晶片CC2彼此之凸塊之位置對準。  又,核心晶片CC3之佈局圖案P7與核心晶片CC0及CC1之佈局圖案P6具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,核心晶片CC3之凸塊設置於相對於核心晶片CC1與CC2貼合之面而與核心晶片CC0之凸塊對稱之位置。藉此,核心晶片CC3與核心晶片CC0彼此之凸塊之位置對準。因此,能夠於核心晶片CC3上進而積層核心晶片CC0。  再者,如上所述,由於佈局圖案P6與P7相互具有鏡像對稱之關係,故而若將晶片集CSa與CSb貼合,則邏輯電路之輸入輸出端之朝向互為反向。於第3實施形態中,佈局圖案P6及P7應用彼此不同之配線圖案。具體而言,於一晶片集CS內之核心晶片CC之配線圖案中,若邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於焊墊及凸塊之情形時,於另一晶片集CS內之核心晶片CC之配線圖案中,邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於凸塊及焊墊。因此,於將核心晶片CC1與CC2貼合時,能夠使設置於核心晶片CC1內之邏輯電路、與設置於核心晶片CC2內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。又,於使核心晶片CC3與CC0貼合時,能夠使設置於核心晶片CC3內之邏輯電路、與設置於核心晶片CC0內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。  4.第4實施形態  其次,對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置進行說明。於第1實施形態~第3實施形態中,核心晶片設置於1個半導體基板上。另一方面,第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片分開設置於至少2個以上之半導體基板上。以下,對與第1實施形態~第3實施形態相同之構成要素標註相同之符號並省略其說明,對與第1實施形態~第3實施形態不同之部分進行說明。  4.1關於構成  對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成進行說明。  4.1.1關於核心晶片群之構成  使用圖35對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成例進行說明。圖35係表示第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之一例之方塊圖。  如圖35所示,核心晶片群11之核心晶片CC(CC0、CC1、……)之各者包含複數個次晶片SC。具體而言,例如,核心晶片CC0包含次晶片SC0及SC1,核心晶片CC1包含次晶片SC2及SC3。再者,核心晶片CC之個數可應用任意之自然數。  此處,「次晶片SC」係指設置於1個半導體基板上之半導體積體電路,且指構成核心晶片CC之功能之部分之半導體積體電路。  4.1.2關於核心晶片間之連接  其次,使用圖36對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接進行說明。圖36係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片間之連接例之電路圖。於圖36中,表示核心晶片CC0及CC1之2個。圖36對應於第2實施形態中所示之圖18。  如圖36所示,次晶片SC0、SC1、SC2、及SC3間之連接分別與圖18中之核心晶片CC0、CC1、CC2、及CC3間之連接相同。即,核心晶片CC0與CC1係藉由次晶片SC1與SC2間之連接而連接。  藉由如以上般構成,自次晶片SC0之端子T1a至次晶片SC3之端子T1b為止、自次晶片SC0之端子T5a至次晶片SC3之端子T5b為止、及自次晶片SC0之端子T6a至次晶片SC3之端子T6b為止分別作為能夠將信號收發至核心晶片CC0~CC1之各者之信號路徑SL1、SL5及SL6而發揮功能。  又,自次晶片SC0之端子T7a至次晶片SC3之端子T7b為止係作為能夠將利用次晶片SCn(n為0≦n≦2)之邏輯電路LGA1或LGA2進行運算處理後之信號發送至次晶片SC(n+1)之信號路徑SL7而發揮功能。又,自次晶片SC0之端子T8a至次晶片SC3之端子T8b為止係作為能夠將利用次晶片SC(n+1)之邏輯電路LGB1或LGB2進行運算處理後之信號發送至次晶片SCn之信號路徑SL8而發揮功能。  又,自次晶片SCn之端子T4b至次晶片SC(n+1)之端子T4a為止係作為能夠於次晶片SCn與SC(n+1)之間收發信號之信號路徑SL4而發揮功能。再者,次晶片SC0之端子T1a、及T4a~T8a能夠與介面晶片10或控制器2之間收發各種信號。  4.1.3關於次晶片之構成  其次,對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之構成進行說明。  圖37及圖39係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案之俯視圖。圖38及圖40係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖。圖38及圖40分別表示沿圖37中所示之XXXVIII-XXXVIII線、及圖39中所示之XXXX-XXXX線之剖面。又,於圖37及圖38中,表示於次晶片SC0及SC2中共通之構成,於圖39及圖40中,表示於次晶片SC1及SC3中共通之構成。  首先,對次晶片SC0及SC2之構成進行說明。  如圖37所示,次晶片SC0及SC2之佈局圖案分別為核心晶片CC0及CC1之佈局圖案之一部分,於xy平面上設置於具有沿x方向之2邊、及沿y方向之2邊之矩形狀之區域。具體而言,次晶片SC0及SC2包含平面0及平面1、資料傳送電路13L、電壓產生電路16、驅動器集17UL及17DL、列解碼器18-0及37-1、以及感測放大器19-0及19-1。圖37所示之次晶片SC0及SC2之佈局圖案例如相對於圖4之左半部分,且對應於符號P8。  又,如圖38所示,按照對應於符號P8之佈局圖案、及對應於該佈局圖案之配線圖案,於半導體基板120之上表面上設置元件層121。再者,於圖38中,為了簡化,省略關於除端子T4a、T5a、T7a、T8a、T4b、T5b、T7b及T8b、以及邏輯電路LGA1及LGB1以外之內部電路之記載。  於半導體基板120及元件層121,例如設置複數個通孔122(122-1、122-2、122-3、及122-4)、複數個凸塊123(123-1、123-2、123-3、及123-4)、複數個焊墊124(124-1、124-2、124-3、及124-4)、邏輯元件層125及126、以及配線層127~133。通孔122、凸塊123、焊墊124、邏輯元件層125及126、以及配線層127~133分別與例如圖19中所示之通孔62L、凸塊63L、焊墊64L、邏輯元件層65及67、以及配線層68、70、71、74、75、77、及78同樣地配置。  於圖38之例中,凸塊123-1及焊墊124-1分別設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d9及d13之位置。凸塊123-2及焊墊124-2分別設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d10及d14之位置。凸塊123-3及焊墊124-3分別設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d11及d15之位置。凸塊123-4及焊墊124-4分別設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d12及d16之位置。  其次,對次晶片SC1及SC3之構成進行說明。  如圖39所示,次晶片SC1及SC3之佈局圖案分別為次晶片SC0及SC1之佈局圖案之一部分,於xy平面上設置於與次晶片SC0及SC2相同之矩形狀之區域。具體而言,次晶片SC1及SC3包含平面2及平面3、資料傳送電路13R、邏輯控制電路14、定序器15、驅動器集17UR及17DR、列解碼器18-2及18-3、以及感測放大器19-2及19-3。次晶片SC0及SC2之佈局圖案例如相當於圖4之右半部分,且對應於符號P9。  又,如圖40所示,按照對應於符號P9之佈局圖案、及對應於該佈局圖案之配線圖案,於半導體基板140之上表面上設置元件層141。再者,於圖40中,為了簡化,省略關於除端子T4a、T6a、T7a、T8a、T4b、T6b、T7b及T8b、以及邏輯電路LGA2以外之內部電路之記載。  於半導體基板140及元件層141,例如設置複數個通孔142(142-1、142-2、142-3、及142-4)、複數個凸塊143(143-1、143-2、143-3、及143-4)、複數個焊墊144(144-1、144-2、144-3、及144-4)、邏輯元件層145、及配線層146~151。通孔142、凸塊143、焊墊144、邏輯元件層145、及配線層146~151分別與例如圖19中所示之通孔62R、凸塊63R、焊墊64R、邏輯元件層66、以及配線層69、72、73、76、79、及80同樣地配置。  於圖40之例中,凸塊143-1及焊墊144-1分別設置於自半導體基板140之右端起距離d9及d13之位置。凸塊143-2及焊墊144-2分別設置於自半導體基板140之右端起距離d10及d14之位置。凸塊143-3及焊墊144-3分別設置於自半導體基板140之右端起距離d11及d15之位置。凸塊143-4及焊墊144-4分別設置於自半導體基板140之右端起距離d12及d16之位置。  藉由如以上般構成,而次晶片SC1及SC3之佈局圖案與次晶片SC0及SC2之佈局圖案不同。具體而言,次晶片SC1及SC3之各端子設置於與次晶片SC0及SC2之各端子鏡像對稱之位置,但包含邏輯電路之輸入輸出之方向在內之內部電路之配置彼此不同。  4.1.4關於核心晶片群之積層構造  其次,使用圖41對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造進行說明。圖41係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。圖41表示將圖38及圖40中所示之次晶片SC0~SC3按該順序積層而成之構造。  如圖41所示,次晶片SC0之上表面及SC2之上表面分別與次晶片SC1之上表面及次晶片SC3之上表面貼合。如上所述,次晶片SC0及SC2之焊墊124之位置、與次晶片SC1及SC3之焊墊144之位置被設計為關於彼此之上表面彼此之對向面而鏡像對稱。因此,次晶片SC0之焊墊124-1~124-4之位置分別與次晶片SC1之焊墊144-1~144-4之位置對準。  又,次晶片SC1之下表面與次晶片SC2之下表面貼合。如上所述,次晶片SC1之凸塊143之位置與次晶片SC2之凸塊123之位置被設計為關於彼此之上表面彼此之對向面而鏡像對稱。因此,次晶片SC1之凸塊143-1~143-4之位置分別與次晶片SC2之凸塊123-1~123-4之位置對準。  藉由如以上般構成,次晶片SC0~SC3可形成能夠與各個內部電路進行通信之信號路徑SL4、SL5、SL7、及SL8。如上所述,次晶片SC0及SC2、與次晶片SC1及SC3係藉由不同之佈局圖案而設置邏輯電路。因此,例如,於信號路徑SL7中,能夠使具有自元件層141朝向半導體基板140之輸入輸出方向之邏輯元件層145對應於具有自半導體基板120朝向元件層121之輸入輸出方向之邏輯元件層125。因此,包含連接於通孔122-2之下端及連接於焊墊124-2之上端之邏輯元件層125、與包含連接於通孔142-2之下端及連接於焊墊144-2之上端之邏輯元件層145之輸入輸出關係匹配。  4.2關於製造方法  其次,對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法進行說明。  4.2.1關於晶圓形成  對第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法進行說明。圖42係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。即,圖42對應於圖10中之步驟ST10。  於圖42中,模式性地表示使用遮罩集MS4而轉印至晶圓W1及W2上之佈局圖案。具體而言,於圖42中,圖37及圖38中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P8表示,圖39及圖40中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P9表示。於以下之說明中,圖37及圖38中所說明之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P8,圖39及圖40中所說明之佈局圖案稱為佈局圖案P9。  如圖42所示,遮罩集MS4係沿x方向交替地排列佈局圖案P8及P9。而且,遮罩集MS4係以沿x方向之兩端分別成為不同之佈局圖案之方式配置。晶圓W1及W2例如與第1實施形態中之圖12同樣地以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合。  藉由如以上般使轉印有遮罩集MS4之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖41中之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  4.2.2關於晶片篩選  第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選步驟例如可應用與第1實施形態相同之方法。即,可將佈局圖案P8之遮罩部分、與佈局圖案P9用之遮罩部分之組定義為晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU。藉此,能夠對排列有相同之晶片設計之晶圓,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  4.3本實施形態之效果  根據第4實施形態,核心晶片CC0包含彼此之上表面彼此被貼合之次晶片SC0及SC1。亦即,於1個晶片集CS中包含1個核心晶片CC。因此,與1個晶片集CS中包含2個核心晶片CC之第1實施形態~第3實施形態相比,每1個藉由切晶而獲得之晶片集CS之良率被控制為尺寸減半之良率。因此,能夠提高良品之製造效率。  又,晶圓W1及W2係藉由相同之遮罩集MS4而形成元件層。該遮罩集MS4包含彼此不同之2個佈局圖案P8及P9。佈局圖案P8及P9係交替地排列。因此,於使晶圓W1及W2貼合時,能夠使轉印有佈局圖案P8之元件層與轉印有佈局圖案P9之元件層貼合。  再者,遮罩集MS4之設計所需要之成本相當於設計佈局圖案P8及P9之成本。然而,佈局圖案P8及P9合計相當於1個核心晶片CC。因此,能夠將遮罩集MS4之設計成本控制至與1個核心晶片CC之設計成本等同。  又,如上所述,由於由1個晶片集CS構成1個核心晶片CC,故而能夠縮短核心晶片CC內之通信所需要之配線之長度。圖43及圖44係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之效果之模式圖。圖43(A)及圖44(A)表示於1個半導體基板上構成之1個核心晶片CC0之電路配置例。圖43(B)及圖44(B)對應於第4實施形態,表示藉由分別設置於被貼合之2個半導體基板上之2個次晶片SC0及SC1而構成之1個核心晶片CC0之電路配置例。於圖43中,表示1個核心晶片CC0包含4個平面之情形,於圖44中,表示1個核心晶片CC0包含8個平面之情形。  如圖43(A)所示,於核心晶片CC0設置於1個半導體基板上之情形時,當需要於周邊電路之點Q1與點Q2之間進行通信時,需要自核心晶片CC0之左端至右端為止之長度之配線。自核心晶片CC0之左端至右端為止之長度例如為毫米(mm)級。另一方面,如圖43(B)所示,於核心晶片CC0分開設置於被貼合之2個半導體基板上之情形時,點Q2係相對於點Q1配置於積層方向之正上方。因此,自點Q1至點Q2為止之配線之長度頂多變為次晶片SC0與SC1間之信號路徑之長度。次晶片SC0與SC1間之信號路徑之長度例如為微米(μm)級。亦即,圖43(B)之構成與圖43(A)之構成相比,能夠縮短自點Q1至點Q2為止之配線之長度。因此,根據第4實施形態,能夠簡化周邊電路內之配線圖案,進而能降低製造成本。  又,如圖44(A)所示,於在1個半導體基板上構成8平面之核心晶片CC0之情形時,當進行周邊電路內之點Q3與點Q4之間之通信時,與4平面構成之情形相比需要2倍之配線長。因此,存在伴隨配線長之增大而電特性變差,而滿足伴隨通信之延遲等之限制之設計變得困難之可能性。另一方面,如圖44(B)所示,於8平面之構成分開設置於被貼合之2個半導體基板上之情形時,自點Q3至點Q4為止之配線之長度頂多變為次晶片SC0及SC1間之信號路徑之長度。而且,內部電路內之配線之長度之最大能夠控制至與圖43(A)所示之4平面構成之情形等同。因此,變得容易解決於圖44(A)之情形時變得明顯之配線長之問題,且進行8平面構成之設計。又,由於半導體基板之面積亦能夠控制至與圖44(A)之情形相同之規模,故而亦能夠改善封裝內之面積之限制。  4.4第4實施形態之第1變化例  再者,第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置並不限定於上述例,能夠應用各種變化例。例如,同一核心晶片CC內之次晶片SC間之凸塊之位置亦可不設置於相互鏡像對稱之位置。  圖45~48係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案及配線圖案的剖視圖。於圖45~圖48中分別表示次晶片SC1~SC3之構成。再者,次晶片SC0之構成係設為與第4實施形態中所示之圖38相同者。  首先,對次晶片SC1進行說明。  第4實施形態之第1變化例之次晶片SC1之佈局圖案與第4實施形態之次晶片SC1之佈局圖案不同。因此,圖45所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖40所示之符號P9不同之符號P10。  如圖45所示,次晶片SC1係除一部分以外具有與圖40之構成相同之構成。具體而言,次晶片SC1包含通孔142-3B、凸塊143-3B、配線層149B、及焊墊144-3B以代替圖40中之通孔142-3、凸塊143-3、配線層149、及焊墊144-3。  凸塊143-3B、通孔142-3B、配線層149B、及焊墊144-3B之連接關係係與凸塊143-3、通孔142-3、配線層149、及焊墊144-3之連接關係相同。然而,凸塊143-3B設置於與凸塊143-3不同之位置。即,凸塊143-3B設置於與圖38所示之凸塊123-3並非鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於凸塊143-3設置於自半導體基板140之左端起距離d11之位置,凸塊143-3B設置於自半導體基板140之左端起距離d11B之位置。  再者,焊墊144-3B設置於與焊墊144-3相同之位置。即,焊墊144-3B設置於與圖38所示之焊墊124-3鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,焊墊144-3B設置於自半導體基板140之左端起距離d15之位置。  其次,對次晶片SC2進行說明。  如圖46所示,次晶片SC2之佈局圖案例如相對於次晶片SC1之佈局圖案,具有關於yz平面而鏡像對稱之關係。圖46所示之佈局圖案對應於與圖45所示之符號P10不同之符號P11。  具體而言,於半導體基板160上設置元件層161。於半導體基板160設置作為TSV而發揮功能之複數個通孔162(162-1、162-2、162-3、及162-4)。  於半導體基板160之下表面上之通孔162-1~162-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T5a、T7a、T8a、及T4a而發揮功能之凸塊163-1、163-2、163-3、及163-4。於元件層161之上表面上,設置作為端子T5b、T7b、T8b、及T4b而發揮功能之複數個焊墊164(164-1、164-2、164-3、及164-4)。焊墊164之上表面露出於元件層161之上表面上。於元件層161內,設置作為邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能之邏輯元件層165、及配線層166~171。  配線層166包含設置於通孔162-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊164-1之下端上之第2端。配線層166例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層161。  配線層167包含設置於通孔162-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層165之上端上之第2端。配線層168包含設置於邏輯元件層165之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊164-2之下端上之第2端。配線層167及168例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層161。邏輯元件層165包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層165作為將自凸塊163-2輸入之信號朝向焊墊164-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA1而發揮功能。  配線層170包含設置於通孔162-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層171包含設置於焊墊164-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  於圖46之例中,焊墊164-3設置於與圖45之焊墊144-3B鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於焊墊144-3B設置於自半導體基板140之左端起距離d15之位置,焊墊164-3設置於自半導體基板160之右端起距離d15之位置。關於其他焊墊164-1、164-2、及164-4亦同樣地設置於與圖45之焊墊144-1、144-2、及144-4鏡像對稱之位置。  又,凸塊163-3設置於與圖45之凸塊143-3B鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於凸塊143-3B設置於自半導體基板140之左端起距離d11B之位置,凸塊163-3設置於自半導體基板160之右端起距離d11B之位置。關於其他凸塊163-1、163-2、及163-4亦同樣地設置於與圖45之凸塊143-1、143-2、及143-4鏡像對稱之位置。  其次,對次晶片SC3進行說明。  如圖47所示,次晶片SC2之佈局圖案例如相對於次晶片SC0之佈局圖案,具有關於yz平面而鏡像對稱之關係。次晶片SC3之佈局圖案係對應於與圖38所示之符號P8不同之符號P12。  具體而言,於半導體基板180上設置元件層181。於半導體基板180設置作為TSV而發揮功能之複數個通孔182(182-1、182-2、182-3、及182-4)。  於半導體基板180之下表面上之通孔182-1~182-4露出之部分分別設置作為端子T5b、T7b、T8b、及T4b而發揮功能之凸塊183-1、183-2、183-3、及183-4。於元件層181之上表面上,設置作為端子T5a、T7a、T8a、及T4a而發揮功能之複數個焊墊184(184-1、184-2、184-3、及184-4)。焊墊184之上表面露出於元件層181之上表面上。於元件層181內分別設置作為邏輯電路LGA2及LGB2而發揮功能之邏輯元件層185及186、以及配線層187~193。  配線層187包含設置於通孔182-1之上端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊184-1之下端上之第2端。配線層187例如連接於內部電路。  配線層188包含設置於通孔182-2之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層185之上端上之第2端。配線層188例如連接於內部電路。配線層189包含設置於邏輯元件層185之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊184-2之下端上之第2端。邏輯元件層185包含具有作為輸入端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸出端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層185作為將自焊墊164-2輸入之信號朝向凸塊163-2輸出之邏輯電路LGA2而發揮功能。  配線層190包含設置於通孔182-3之上端上之第1端、及設置於邏輯元件層186之上端上之第2端。配線層191包含設置於邏輯元件層186之下端上之第1端、及設置於焊墊184-3之下端上之第2端。配線層190及191例如未連接於內部電路,而略過元件層181。邏輯元件層186包含具有作為輸出端之功能之下端、及具有作為輸入端之功能之上端。亦即,邏輯元件層186作為將自凸塊163-3輸入之信號朝向焊墊164-3輸出之邏輯電路LGB2而發揮功能。  配線層192包含設置於通孔182-4之上端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。配線層193包含設置於焊墊184-4之下端上之第1端,例如連接於內部電路。  於圖47之例中,焊墊184-3設置於與圖38之焊墊124-3鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於焊墊124-3設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d15之位置,焊墊184-3設置於自半導體基板180之左端起距離d15之位置。關於其他焊墊184-1、184-2、及184-4亦同樣地設置於與圖38之焊墊124-1、124-2、及124-4鏡像對稱之位置。  又,凸塊183-3設置於與圖38之凸塊123-3鏡像對稱之位置。具體而言,相對於凸塊123-3設置於自半導體基板120之右端起距離d11之位置,凸塊183-3設置於自半導體基板180之右端起距離d11之位置。關於其他凸塊183-1、183-2、及183-4亦同樣地設置於與圖38之凸塊123-1、123-2、及123-4鏡像對稱之位置。  圖48係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造的剖視圖。如圖48所示,於第4實施形態之第1變化例中,包含次晶片SC0及SC1之晶片集CSa、與包含次晶片SC2及SC3之晶片集CSb彼此不同。  具體而言,次晶片SC0及SC1係於信號路徑SL8中具有配置於並非相互鏡像對稱之位置之凸塊。因此,於信號路徑SL8中,次晶片SC1之下表面與次晶片SC0之下表面之凸塊之位置不對準。  次晶片SC2具有與次晶片SC1鏡像對稱之佈局圖案。因此,次晶片SC1之下表面與次晶片SC2之下表面之凸塊之位置對準。然而,於次晶片SC1及SC2應用相同之配線圖案之情形時,邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係不匹配。因此,於次晶片SC2中應用邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係與次晶片SC1反轉之配線圖案。藉此,次晶片SC1與SC2之間之邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配。  次晶片SC3具有與次晶片SC0鏡像對稱之佈局圖案。因此,次晶片SC2之上表面與次晶片SC3之上表面之焊墊之位置對準。然而,於次晶片SC3應用與次晶片SC0相同之配線圖案之情形時,邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係與次晶片SC2不匹配。因此,於次晶片SC3,應用邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係與次晶片SC0反轉之配線圖案。藉此,次晶片SC2與SC3之間之邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配。  又,如上所述,次晶片SC3具有與次晶片SC0鏡像對稱之佈局圖案。因此,次晶片SC3之下表面與次晶片SC0之下表面之凸塊之位置對準。藉此,能夠於晶片集CSb上進而積層晶片集CSa。  再者,於第4實施形態之第1變化例中,必須設計1個核心晶片之佈局圖案(P8及P9)、及該佈局圖案之鏡像對稱之佈局圖案(P10及P11)。又,佈局圖案P10及P11包含與佈局圖案P8及P9不同之配線圖案。然而,由於鏡像對稱之佈局圖案無需從頭開始重新設計周邊電路等之配置,故而設計成本較低。因此,能夠僅藉由對1個晶片設計之設計成本追加配線圖案之成本,而設計整體之晶片設計。因此,即便於同一核心晶片CC內之次晶片SC間凸塊之位置未設為鏡像對稱之情形時,亦能夠以較少之製造成本積層複數個核心晶片CC。  4.5第4實施形態之第2變化例  上述第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係對1個核心晶片CC中包含2個次晶片SC之例進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,核心晶片CC並不限定於2個,亦可積層偶數(4、6、……)個次晶片SC而構成。  圖49係用以說明第4實施形態之第2變化例之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。如圖49所示,核心晶片CC0亦可包含4個次晶片SC0~SC3。  藉由如以上般構成,與由2個次晶片SC構成1個核心晶片CC之情形相比,能夠進而提高面積效率。又,能夠進而縮短核心晶片CC內必須通信之信號之配線長。  4.6第4實施形態之第3變化例  於上述第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置中,對存在僅存在於次晶片SC0及SC1之任一者之周邊電路之電路之情形進行了說明。具體而言,例如,次晶片SC0之周邊電路包含電壓產生電路16,但不包含邏輯控制電路14及定序器15。另一方面,次晶片SC1之周邊電路不包含電壓產生電路16,但包含邏輯控制電路14及定序器15。然而,並不限定於此,次晶片SC0及SC1亦可為於任一周邊電路均設置相同之電路之部分電路之構成。於該情形時,次晶片SC0及SC1之佈局圖案亦可以包含設置於次晶片SC0之部分電路與設置於次晶片SC1之部分電路於積層方向上重合之電路區域之方式設計。  圖50及圖51係用以說明第4實施形態之第3變化例之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案的俯視圖。於圖50及圖51中分別表示次晶片SC0及SC2、以及次晶片SC1及SC3之構成。  如圖51所示,於次晶片SC0及SC2之佈局圖案中,周邊電路包含資料傳送電路13L、邏輯控制電路14L、定序器15L、電壓產生電路16L、以及驅動器集17UL及17DL。又,如圖52所示,於次晶片SC1及SC3之佈局圖案中,周邊電路包含資料傳送電路13R、邏輯控制電路14R、定序器15R、電壓產生電路16R、以及驅動器集17UR及17DR。例如,資料傳送電路13L、邏輯控制電路14L、定序器15L、電壓產生電路16L、以及驅動器集17UL及17DL分別設置於與資料傳送電路13R、邏輯控制電路14R、定序器15R、電壓產生電路16R、以及驅動器集17UR及17DR鏡像對稱之位置。再者,各電路並不限定於設置於鏡像對稱之位置之情形,只要具有當使彼此之次晶片SC之上表面彼此貼合時具有相同之功能之電路之一部分於積層方向上重合之部分即可。  藉由如以上般構成,於使次晶片SC彼此貼合時,於沿z方向重複之區域配置具有相同之功能之電路。藉此,例如於在次晶片SC0之電壓產生電路16L、與次晶片SC1之電壓產生電路16R之間通信信號之情形時,只要使連接電壓產生電路16L與16R之配線僅於積層方向上延伸即可。因此,變得無需於同一次晶片SC內設置多餘之配線,能夠簡化配線圖案之設計。  又,於使次晶片SC彼此貼合時於沿z方向不同之位置配置有具有相同之功能之電路之情形時,必須於次晶片SC0及SC2、與次晶片SC1及SC3設置不同之信號路徑。於該情形時,用於次晶片SC0及SC2之信號路徑於次晶片SC1及SC3中無法利用,因此端子數或配線長增加。於第4實施形態之第3變化例中,如上所述,於使次晶片SC彼此貼合時,於沿z方向相同之位置配置具有相同之功能之電路。因此,能夠減少必須將某電路所必需之信號路徑由次晶片SC0及SC2、與次晶片SC1及SC3分開之情況。因此,能夠設計限制更少之晶片設計,能降低設計成本。  5.第5實施形態  其次,對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置進行說明。第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係於1個半導體基板上設置有1個次晶片SC。另一方面,於第5實施形態中,於1個半導體基板上設置2個次晶片SC。該2個次晶片SC之各者成為彼此不同之核心晶片CC之一部分。即,於1個晶片集CS構成2個核心晶片CC(4個次晶片SC)。以下,對與第4實施形態相同之構成要素標註相同之符號並省略其說明,對與第4實施形態不同之部分進行說明。  5.1關於構成  對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成進行說明。  5.1.1關於核心晶片群之構成  使用圖52對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成例進行說明。圖52係表示第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之一例之方塊圖。  如圖52所示,核心晶片群11例如包含第4實施形態中之核心晶片群11內之核心晶片CC之2倍之核心晶片CC。具體而言,核心晶片群11包含複數個核心晶片CC(CC0A、CC1A、……、及CC0B、CC1B、……)。各核心晶片CC包含2個次晶片SC。具體而言,核心晶片CC0A包含次晶片SC0A及SC1A,核心晶片CC1A包含次晶片SC2A及SC3A。又,核心晶片CC0B包含次晶片SC0B及SC1B,核心晶片CC1B包含次晶片SC2B及SC3B。再者,核心晶片CC之個數能夠應用任意之自然數。  次晶片SC0A及SC0B設置於半導體基板SS0上。次晶片SC1A及SC1B設置於半導體基板SS1上。次晶片SC2A及SC2B設置於同一半導體基板SS2上。次晶片SC3A及SC3B設置於同一半導體基板SS3上。  5.1.2關於次晶片之構成  其次,對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之構成進行說明。圖53係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案之俯視圖。於圖53中,表示設置於同一半導體基板SS上之2個次晶片SC之組。即,於圖53中,表示於次晶片SC0A及SC0B之組、次晶片SC1B及SC1A之組、次晶片SC2A及SC2B之組、或次晶片SC3B及SC3A之組中共通之構成。  圖53所示之俯視圖例如相當於使圖37所示之俯視圖之右端、與圖39所示之俯視圖之左端結合而成者,對應於符號P13。如圖53所示,次晶片SC0A、SC1B、SC2A、及SC3B係與佈局圖案P8一致。次晶片SC0B、SC1A、SC2B、及SC3A係與佈局圖案P9一致。  再者,表示第5實施形態之佈局圖案及配線圖案之剖視圖例如和使圖38所示之剖視圖之右端與圖40所示之剖視圖之左端結合而成者一致。  5.1.3關於核心晶片群之積層構造  其次,使用圖54對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造進行說明。圖54係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。  如圖54所示,第5實施形態中之核心晶片群之晶片集CS包含第4實施形態之圖41所示之晶片集CS、及使圖41所示之晶片集CS於上下反轉而成者。  藉此,包含次晶片SC0A及SC1A之核心晶片CC0A、與包含次晶片SC0B及SC1B之核心晶片CC0B設置於1個晶片集CS。又,包含次晶片SC2A及SC3A之核心晶片CC1A、與包含次晶片SC2B及SC3B之核心晶片CC1B設置於1個晶片集CS。於圖54之例中,核心晶片CC0A及CC1A、與核心晶片CC0B及CC1B分別共有獨立之信號路徑群。  5.2關於製造方法  其次,對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法進行說明。  5.2.1關於晶圓形成  對第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法進行說明。圖55係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之向晶圓上之元件層之形成方法的模式圖。即,圖55對應於圖10中之步驟ST10。  於圖55中,模式性地表示使用遮罩集MS6而轉印至晶圓W1及W2上之佈局圖案。具體而言,於圖55中,圖53中所說明之佈局圖案利用符號P13表示。  如上所述,次晶片SC0A及SC0B之組、次晶片SC1B及SC1A之組、次晶片SC2A及SC2B之組、以及次晶片SC3B及SC3A之組包含相同之晶片設計。因此,如圖55所示,遮罩集MS6係同樣地排列晶片設計。晶圓W1及W2例如與第2實施形態中之圖22同樣地,可以由在xy平面上沿x方向排列之狀態關於yz平面對折之方式貼合,亦可以由在xy平面上沿y方向排列之狀態關於xz平面對折之方式貼合。  藉由如以上般使轉印有遮罩集MS6之晶圓W1及W2貼合,可獲得複數個能夠作為圖54中所說明之晶片集CS而發揮功能之構成。  5.2.2關於晶片篩選  第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法中之晶片篩選步驟例如可應用與第2實施形態相同之方法。即,可將佈局圖案P13之遮罩部分定義為晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU。藉此,能夠對排列有相同之晶片設計之晶圓,使用1個晶片篩選機之針接觸位置之重複單位DSU實施晶片篩選。  5.3本實施形態之效果  根據第5實施形態,設置於半導體基板SS0上之元件層包含次晶片SC0A之內部電路、及次晶片SC0B之內部電路。設置於半導體基板SS1上之元件層包含次晶片SC1A之內部電路、及次晶片SC1B之內部電路。核心晶片CC0A包含次晶片SC0A及SC1B,核心晶片CC0B包含次晶片SC0B及SC1A。次晶片SC0A及SC1B相當於1個核心晶片CC之佈局圖案之左半部分,次晶片SC0B及SC1A相當於1個核心晶片CC之佈局圖案之右半部分。因此,能夠於1個晶片集CS內設置2個核心晶片CC。藉此,與第4實施形態相比,能夠將設置於1個晶片集CS內之核心晶片CC之個數增加至2倍。  又,於第5實施形態中,與第2實施形態同樣,晶圓W1及W2係藉由相同之遮罩集MS6而形成元件層。該遮罩集MS6係同樣地排列相同之晶片設計。藉此,能夠僅藉由設計1個核心晶片CC之佈局圖案及配線圖案,而設計遮罩集MS6。因此,能降低製造成本。  又,第5實施形態之佈局圖案和使第4實施形態之佈局圖案P8之右端與佈局圖案P9之左端結合而成者一致。亦即,第5實施形態之佈局圖案係於關於半導體基板之中心而對稱之位置設置凸塊及焊墊。因此,於使晶圓W1及W2貼合時彼此之端子之位置一致。藉此,能夠使晶圓W1與W2之間之連接對準。  再者,於第5實施形態中,與第4實施形態同樣,設置於同一半導體基板SS0上之次晶片SC0A及SC0B係藉由不同之佈局圖案而設置邏輯電路。因此,例如,於信號路徑SL7中,能夠使具有自元件層朝向半導體基板之輸入輸出方向之邏輯元件層對應於具有自半導體基板朝向元件層之輸入輸出方向之邏輯元件層。因此,次晶片SC0A內之邏輯元件層、與次晶片SC1B內之邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配。又,次晶片SC0B內之邏輯元件層、與次晶片SC1A內之邏輯元件層之輸入輸出關係匹配。  又,與第4實施形態同樣,設置於2個半導體基板上之2個次晶片SC積層而形成1個核心晶片。因此,能夠縮短核心晶片CC內之通信所需要之配線之長度。  5.4第5實施形態之第1變化例  再者,第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置並不限定於上述例,能夠應用各種變化例。  於第5實施形態中,作為與第4實施形態類似之情形,對設置於同一半導體基板SS上之2個次晶片SC內之凸塊被設置為左右對稱之情形進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,作為與第4實施形態之第1變化例類似之情形,亦可將設置於同一半導體基板SS上之2個次晶片SC內之凸塊設置為左右非對稱。  圖56係用以說明第5實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。如圖56所示,於第5實施形態之第1變化例中,包含次晶片SC0A、SC0B、SC1A、及SC1B之晶片集CSa、與包含次晶片SC2A、SC2B、SC3A、及SC3B之晶片集CSb彼此不同。  具體而言,次晶片SC2A及SC2B之佈局圖案係與佈局圖案P13具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,次晶片SC2A及SC2B之凸塊設置於相對於次晶片SC1A及SC1B、與次晶片SC2A及SC2B被貼合之面而與次晶片SC1A及SC1B之凸塊對稱之位置。藉此,次晶片SC1A及SC1B、與次晶片SC2A及SC2B彼此之凸塊之位置對準。  又,次晶片SC3A及SC3B之佈局圖案係與佈局圖案P13具有鏡像對稱之關係。因此,次晶片SC3A及SC3B之凸塊設置於相對於次晶片SC1A及SC1B、與次晶片SC2A及SC2B被貼合之面而與次晶片SC0A及SC0B之凸塊對稱之位置。藉此,次晶片SC3A及SC3B、與次晶片SC0A及SC0B彼此之凸塊之位置對準。因此,能夠於次晶片SC3A及SC3B上進而積層次晶片SC0A及SC0B。  再者,如上所述,由於晶片集CSa與CSb具有相互鏡像對稱之關係,故而若使晶片集CSa及CSb貼合,則邏輯電路之輸入輸出端之朝向相互變為反向。於第5實施形態中,佈局圖案P4及P6可應用彼此不同之配線圖案。具體而言,於在一晶片集CS內之次晶片SC之配線圖案中邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於焊墊及凸塊之情形時,於另一晶片集CS內之次晶片SC之配線圖案中邏輯電路之輸入端及輸出端分別連接於凸塊及焊墊。因此,於使次晶片SC1A及SC2A貼合時,能夠使設置於次晶片SC1A內之邏輯電路、與設置於次晶片SC2A內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。同樣地,於使次晶片SC1B及SC2B貼合時,能夠使設置於次晶片SC1B內之邏輯電路、與設置於次晶片SC2B內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。又,於使次晶片SC3A及SC0A貼合時,能夠使設置於次晶片SC3A內之邏輯電路、與設置於次晶片SC0A內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。同樣地,於使次晶片SC3B及SC0B貼合時,能夠使設置於次晶片SC3B內之邏輯電路、與設置於次晶片SC0B內之邏輯電路之間之輸入輸出關係匹配。  5.5第5實施形態之第2變化例  上述第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係對1個核心晶片CC中包含2個次晶片SC之例進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,核心晶片CC並不限定於2個,亦可積層偶數(4、6、……)個次晶片SC而構成。  圖57係用以說明第5實施形態之第2變化例之核心晶片群之積層構造之剖視圖。如圖57所示,核心晶片CC0A及CC0B亦可分別包含4個次晶片SC0A~SC3A、及SC0B~SC3B。  藉由如以上般構成,與由2個次晶片SC構成1個核心晶片CC之情形相比,能夠進而提高面積效率。又,能夠進而縮短核心晶片CC內必須通信之信號之配線長。  5.6第5實施形態之第3變化例  上述第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置係對在同一半導體基板SS上相互獨立地設置不同之核心晶片CC所包含之2個次晶片SC之例進行了說明,但並不限定於此。例如,設置於同一半導體基板SS上之2個次晶片SC亦可共有於相鄰之區域設置之共有電路之功能。  圖58係用以說明第5實施形態之第3變化例之半導體記憶裝置之次晶片之佈局圖案的俯視圖。如圖58所示,例如,次晶片SC0A及SC0B共有設置於彼此之次晶片SC之共有電路。共有電路亦能夠作為次晶片SC0A及SC0B之任一者之電路而動作。  藉由如以上般構成,能夠藉由1個共有電路處理不同之核心晶片CC間能夠共有之功能。藉此,能夠進而縮小電路面積。  6.其他  已對本發明之若干實施形態進行了說明,但該等實施形態係作為示例而提出者,並不意圖限定發明之範圍。該等實施形態能以其他各種形態實施,能於不脫離發明之主旨之範圍內進行各種省略、替換及變更。該等實施形態或其變化包含於發明之範圍或主旨內,同樣地包含於申請專利範圍所記載之發明及其均等之範圍內。Hereinafter, embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, in the following description, the same reference signs are attached|subjected to the component which has the same function and structure. In addition, when distinguishing a plurality of constituent elements having the same reference symbol, the same reference symbol is marked with a subscript to distinguish it. Furthermore, when there is no need to distinguish a plurality of constituent elements in particular, only the same reference symbols are attached to the plural constituent elements, and no subscripts are attached. 1. First Embodiment The semiconductor memory device according to the first embodiment will be described. 1. 1. About the structure First, the structure of the semiconductor memory device according to the first embodiment will be described. 1. 1. 1 About the overall configuration of the memory system An example of the configuration of the memory system according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the memory system according to the first embodiment. The memory system 1 is provided, for example, on an external substrate system (not shown). The memory system 1 operates by the power supply voltage and the ground voltage GND supplied from the substrate system, and communicates with an external host device (not shown). The memory system 1 holds data from a host machine (not shown) and reads the data to the host machine. As shown in FIG. 1 , a memory system 1 includes a controller 2 and a semiconductor memory device (NAND-type flash memory) 3 . The controller 2 receives commands from the host machine, and controls the semiconductor memory device 3 based on the received commands. Specifically, the controller 2 writes the data instructed to be written from the host machine to the semiconductor memory device 3 , and reads the data instructed to read from the host machine from the semiconductor memory device 3 and sends it to the host machine. The controller 2 is connected to the semiconductor memory device 3 through a NAND bus. The semiconductor memory device 3 includes a plurality of memory cells and stores data in a non-volatile manner. The NAND bus carries out the sending and receiving according to the signals /CE, CLE, ALE, /WE, /RE, RE, /WP, /RB, DQS, /DQS, and I/O<7:0> of the NAND interface. The signal /CE is a signal for enabling the semiconductor memory device 3 . The signals CLE and ALE inform the semiconductor memory device 3 that the signals I/O<7:0> flowing through the semiconductor memory device 3 in parallel with the signals CLE and ALE are the command CMD and the address ADD, respectively. The signal /WE indicates that the signal I/O<7:0> flowing through the semiconductor memory device 3 in parallel with the signal /WE is to be captured to the semiconductor memory device 3 . The signals /RE and RE instruct to output the signal I/O<7:0> to the semiconductor memory device 3 . The signal /WP instructs the semiconductor memory device 3 to prohibit data writing and erasing. The signal /RB indicates whether the semiconductor memory device 3 is in a ready state (a state in which an external command is accepted) or a busy state (a state in which an external command is not accepted). Signal I/O<7:0> is, for example, an 8-bit signal. The signals DQS and /DQS are reference signals that serve as indicators of the timing of input and output of the signal I/O<7:0> of the semiconductor memory device 3 . The signal I/O<7:0> is the entity of the data sent and received between the semiconductor memory device 3 and the controller 2, including the command CMD, the address ADD, the data DAT, and the state STS. Data DAT includes writing data and reading data. 1. 1. 2. About the structure of the controller The controller of the memory system of the first embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 1. The controller 2 includes a processor (CPU: Central Processing Unit, central processing unit) 5, a built-in memory (RAM: Random Access Memory, random access memory) 6, a NAND interface circuit 7, a buffer memory 8, and a host Interface circuit 9. The processor 5 controls the overall actions of the controller 2. For example, the processor 5 responds to the data write command received from the host machine, and issues the write command based on the NAND interface to the semiconductor memory device 3 . This operation is also the same in the case of readout and deletion. The built-in memory 6 is, for example, a semiconductor memory such as DRAM (Dynamic RAM, dynamic random access memory), and is used as an operation area of the processor 5 . The built-in memory 6 holds firmware for managing the semiconductor memory device 3, various management tables, and the like. The NAND interface circuit 7 is connected to the semiconductor memory device 3 via the NAND bus bar, and performs communication with the semiconductor memory device 3 . The NAND interface circuit 7 sends the command CMD, the address ADD, and the written data to the semiconductor memory device 3 according to the instruction of the processor 5 . Also, the NAND interface circuit 7 receives read data from the semiconductor memory device 3 . The buffer memory 8 temporarily holds the data and the like received by the controller 2 from the semiconductor memory device 3 and the host machine. The host interface circuit 9 is connected with the host machine to perform communication with the host machine. The host interface circuit 9, for example, transmits commands and data received from the host machine to the processor 5 and the buffer memory 8, respectively. 1. 1. 3 About the structure of the semiconductor memory device Next, an example of the structure of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 2 . FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. The semiconductor memory device 3 includes, for example, an interface chip 10 and a core chip group 11 that are operated by a power supply voltage and a ground voltage GND supplied from a substrate system. The core wafer group 11 includes, for example, four core wafers CC (CC0, CC1, CC2, and CC3). The number of core chips CC is not limited to four, and any number can be used. Here, the "core chip CC" refers to a constituent unit of a semiconductor integrated circuit (chip) that can function as one NAND flash memory together with the interface chip 10 . The interface chip 10 has connection signals /CE, CLE, ALE, /WE, /RE, RE, /WP, /RB, DQS, /DQS, and I/O<7 between the controller 2 and the core chip group 11: 0> function. For example, the interface chip 10 transmits the signals DQS and /DQS, and the command CMD and the address ADD in the I/O<7:0> to the core chip group 11 . Also, for example, the interface chip 10 and the core chip group 11 transmit and receive DQS and /DQS, and write data and read data in the signal I/O<7:0>. Each core chip CC includes a memory cell array 12, a data transfer circuit 13, a logic control circuit 14, a sequencer 15, a voltage generation circuit 16, a driver set 17, a column decoder 18, and a sense amplifier 19. In the following description, it will be provided in the memory cell array 12 , the data transmission circuit 13 , the logic control circuit 14 , the sequencer 15 , the voltage generation circuit 16 , the driver set 17 , the column decoder 18 , and the sense amplifier 19 . The various circuits in each core chip are collectively referred to as "internal circuits". The memory cell array 12 includes, for example, four planes (plane 0, plane 1, plane 2, and plane 3). The plane includes a plurality of non-volatile memory cell transistors (not shown) associated with word lines and bit lines. In each plane, for example, in one write operation or one read operation, the write operation and the read operation can be performed simultaneously. Furthermore, the number of planes in the memory cell array 12 is not limited to 4, for example, 1, 2, 8, etc. can be used. The data transfer circuit 13 transfers the command CMD and the address ADD to the sequencer 15. In addition, the data transfer circuit 13 and the sense amplifier 19 send and receive write data and read data. The logic control circuit 14 receives signals corresponding to the signals /CE, CLE, ALE, /WE, /RE, RE, and /WP via the interface chip 10. In addition, the logic control circuit 14 transmits the signal /RB to the controller 2 via the interface chip 10 to notify the outside of the state of the core chip. The sequencer 15 receives the command CMD and controls the entirety of the core chip according to the sequence based on the received command CMD. The voltage generation circuit 16 generates voltages required for operations such as data writing, reading, and erasing based on instructions from the sequencer 15. The voltage generating circuit 16 supplies the generated voltage to the column decoder 18 and the sense amplifier 19 . Column decoder 18 receives the column address in address ADD from sequencer 15 and selects a portion of each plane based on the column address. Then, the voltage from the voltage generating circuit 16 is transmitted through the column decoder 18 to the selected portion of each plane. During data readout, the sense amplifier 19 senses the readout data read out from the memory cell transistor to the bit line, and transmits the sensed readout data to the data transmission circuit 13 . The sense amplifier 19 transmits the written data written through the bit line to the memory cell transistor when data is written. Also, the sense amplifier 19 receives the row address in the address ADD from the sequencer 15 and outputs row data based on the row address. Furthermore, in the example of FIG. 2 , the interface chip 10 and the core chip group 11 are shown as different chips, but it is not limited to this. For example, the core chip group 11 may also include circuits having the same functions as the interface chip 10 . In this case, the core chip group 11 can also communicate various signals with the controller 2 without going through the interface chip 10 . 1. 1. 4. Configuration of Core Chip Group Next, the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. 1. 1. 4. 1. Connection between core chips First, the connection between the core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 3 . 3 is a circuit diagram for explaining an example of connection between core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3 , the core wafer group 11 is constituted by, for example, connecting the core wafers CC0 to CC3 in series. Specifically, each of the core chips CC0 to CC3 includes terminals T1a, T2a, T3a, and T4a, and terminals T1b, T2b, T3b, and T4b. In addition, each of the core chips CC0 to CC3 further includes logic circuits LGA and LGB. The terminals T1a-T4a of the core chip CC0 are connected to the external interface chip 10 or the controller 2, for example. The terminals T1b to T4b of the core chip CC0 are connected to the terminals T1a to T4a of the core chip CC1, respectively. The terminals T1b to T4b of the core chip CC1 are connected to the terminals T1a to T4a of the core chip CC2, respectively. The terminals T1b to T4b of the core chip CC2 are connected to the terminals T1a to T4a of the core chip CC3, respectively. In each core chip CC, the terminals T1a and T1b, the terminals T2a and T2b, and the terminals T3a and T3b are connected through wirings provided inside each core chip CC. In each core chip CC, the logic circuit LGA is arranged on the wiring between the terminals T2a and T2b, and the logic circuit LGB is arranged on the wiring between the terminals T3a and T3b. The logic circuit LGA includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T2a and an output terminal connected to the terminal T2b. The logic circuit LGB includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T3b and an output terminal connected to the terminal T3a. With the above configuration, from the terminal T1a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T1b of the core chip CC3 functions as a signal path SL1 capable of transmitting and receiving signals between the core chips CC0-CC3. In addition, from the terminal T2a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T2b of the core chip CC3 are sent to the core chip CC ( The signal path SL2 of n+1) functions. Furthermore, from the terminal T3a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T3b of the core chip CC3, it functions as a signal path SL3 capable of transmitting a signal processed by the logic circuit LGB of the core chip CC(n+1) to the core chip CCn. . Furthermore, the terminal T4b of the core chip CCn to the terminal T4a of the core chip CC(n+1) functions as a signal path SL4 that can transmit and receive signals between the core chips CCn and CC(n+1). Furthermore, the terminals T1a to T4a of the core chip CC0 can send and receive various signals with the interface chip 10 or the controller 2 . In addition, the signals communicated between the terminals T in each core chip CC are connected to the internal circuits in the core chip CC. As a result, the internal circuits of each core chip CC can receive signals flowing through the signal paths SL1 to SL4, or send signals to the signal paths SL1 to SL4. In addition, in the example of FIG. 3, although the terminal T1a-T4a, the terminal T1b-T4b, and the logic circuit LG1, LG2 are shown separately from an internal circuit, it is not limited to this. For example, the terminals T1a to T4a, the terminals T1b to T4b, and the logic circuits LG1 and LG2 may be included in the internal circuit. Furthermore, if the logic circuits LGA and LGB are circuit elements whose input and output cannot be interchanged, any logic circuit can be applied. Specifically, the operation processing of the logic circuits LGA and LGB can be, for example, a NOT (NOT) operation, an OR (OR) operation, an AND (AND) operation, an inverse-AND (NAND) operation, an inverse-OR (NOR) operation, a mutually exclusive OR (XOR) operation and other logical operations. Furthermore, FIG. 3 shows an example in which the terminals T1b to T4b are provided on the core chip CC3, but it is not limited to this. For example, when the core chip CC3 is not connected to the core chip CC other than the core chip CC2, the terminals T1b to T4b are not required. In the following description, for the sake of convenience, terminals that are not connected to other core chips CC may be indicated similarly to the core chip CC3 shown in FIG. 3 . However, as described above, the terminal may not be provided. 1. 1. 4. 2 About the structure of the core chip Next, the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. The circuit configuration of the core chip shown in FIG. 3 includes, for example, a semiconductor integrated circuit provided on a semiconductor substrate and an element layer on the semiconductor substrate. The semiconductor integrated circuit is specifically designed by, for example, the arrangement of internal circuits (also referred to as a "layout pattern") and the arrangement of wirings connecting the internal circuits (also referred to as a "wiring pattern"). More specifically, for example, the layout pattern determines the memory cell array 12, the data transfer circuit 13, the logic control circuit 14, the sequencer 15, the voltage generation circuit 16, the driver set 17, the column decoder 18, the sensing The arrangement on the semiconductor substrate of the amplifier 19, the terminals T1a to T4a, the terminals T1b to T4b, and the logic circuits LGA and LGB. Also, for example, the wiring pattern determines the input-output relationship of the internal circuits arranged by the layout pattern. The overall information of the design of the core chip CC including the layout pattern and the wiring pattern is also referred to as "chip design". In addition, in the following description, the layout pattern and the wiring pattern are described, for example, as a unit corresponding to one pattern on one semiconductor substrate among the chips cut out from the wafer in the dicing step. . 4 and 6 are plan views for explaining the layout pattern of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. 5 and 7 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. 5 and 7 respectively show a cross section taken along the line V-V shown in FIG. 4 and the line VII-VII shown in FIG. 6 . 4 and 5 show a configuration common to core chips CC0 and CC2, and FIGS. 6 and 7 show a configuration common to core chips CC1 and CC3. Furthermore, in the following description, the surface on which the internal circuit is provided in the semiconductor substrate is defined as the "upper surface", and the surface on the opposite side of the upper surface is defined as the "lower surface". On the other hand, the surface on the semiconductor substrate side of each layer constituting the internal circuit on the semiconductor substrate is defined as the "lower surface", and the surface on the opposite side of the lower surface is defined as the "upper surface". In addition, the surface on the side of the semiconductor substrate in the core chip is defined as the "lower surface", and the surface on the side of the internal circuit is defined as the "upper surface". Moreover, let the surface parallel to the upper surface and the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate be the xy plane, and let the direction perpendicular to the xy plane be the z direction. In addition, the x direction and the y direction are set to be orthogonal to each other in the xy plane. First, the configuration of the core chips CC0 and CC2 will be described. As shown in FIG. 4 , the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 are arranged on the xy plane in a rectangular area having two sides along the x-direction and two sides along the y-direction. Plane 0 to Plane 3 are respectively disposed at the four corners of the rectangular region (the upper left corner, the lower left corner, the upper right corner, and the lower right corner in FIG. 4 ). The column decoder 18 and the sense amplifier 19 are divided into parts corresponding to planes 0 to 3 and arranged. In the following description, the part of the column decoder 18 and the part of the sense amplifier 19 corresponding to the planes 0 to 3 are referred to as the column decoders 18-0 to 18-3 and the sense amplifiers 19-0 to 19, respectively. 19-3. One of the sides of the column decoders 18 - 0 to 18 - 3 along the y direction is connected to, for example, the sides of the planes 0 to 3 along the y direction, respectively. The other of the y-direction sides of column decoders 18-0 and 18-1 is contiguous with the other of the y-direction sides, eg, column decoders 18-2 and 18-3, respectively. The sense amplifiers 19 - 0 to 19 - 3 are respectively connected to, for example, the sides of the planes 0 to 3 along the x-direction. In the area sandwiched by the sense amplifiers 19-0 to 19-3 in the y direction, the data transmission circuit 13, the logic control circuit 14, the sequencer 15, the voltage generation circuit 16, and the driver set 17 are configured. Furthermore, in the following description, the data transmission circuit 13, the logic control circuit 14, the sequencer 15, the voltage generation circuit 16, and the driver set 17 are referred to as the memory cell array 12, the column decoder 18, and the sensor. The "peripheral circuit" of the test amplifier 19. The data transfer circuit 13 is provided in the center of the rectangular area, and the driver set 17 is divided into a portion corresponding to the plane 0 and the plane 2 and a portion corresponding to the plane 1 and the plane 3 and arranged. In the following description, the part of driver set 17 corresponding to plane 0 and plane 2 and the part of driver set 17 corresponding to plane 1 and plane 3 are referred to as driver sets 17U and 17D, respectively. The driver sets 17U and 17D are connected to, for example, the side of the data transfer circuit 13 along the x-direction. The voltage generation circuit 16 is disposed on the plane 0 and plane 1 sides with respect to the data transmission circuit 13 and the driver set 17, for example. The logic control circuit 14 and the sequencer 15 are disposed on the plane 2 and plane 3 sides, for example, with respect to the data transfer circuit 13 and the driver set 17 . The layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 configured as above correspond, for example, to the symbol P1 shown in FIG. 4 . Also, as shown in FIG. 5 , the element layer 21 is provided on the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate 20 according to the layout pattern corresponding to the symbol P1 and the wiring pattern corresponding to the layout pattern. In addition, in FIG. 5, the description about the internal circuits other than the terminals T1a-T4a, T1b-T4b and the logic circuits LGA and LGB is abbreviate|omitted for simplification. The semiconductor substrate 20 is provided with a plurality of through holes 22 ( 22-1, 22-2, 22-3, and 22-4) that function as TSVs (Through Silicon Vias). A plurality of bumps 23 (23-1, 23-2, 23-3, 23-1, 23-2, 23-3, 23-1, 23-3, 23-3, and 23-4). On the upper surface of the element layer 21, a plurality of pads 24 (24-1, 24-2, 24-3, and 24-4) functioning as the terminals T1b to T4b are provided. The upper surface of the pad 24 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 21 . In the element layer 21, the logic element layers 25 and 26 and wiring layers 27-33 which function as logic circuits LGA and LGB are provided. The wiring layer 27 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 22-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 24-1. The wiring layer 27 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 28 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 22-2, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 25. The wiring layer 28 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 29 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 25, and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 24-2. The logic element layer 25 includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 25 functions as the logic circuit LGA that outputs the signal input from the bump 23-2 toward the pad 24-2. The wiring layer 30 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 22-3, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 26. The wiring layer 31 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 26, and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 24-3. The wiring layer 31 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The logic element layer 26 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 26 functions as a logic circuit LGB that outputs a signal input from the pad 24-3 toward the bump 23-3. The wiring layer 32 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 22-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 33 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 24-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. In the example of FIG. 5 , the bumps 23-1 and the pads 24-1 are respectively disposed at positions with distances d1 and d5 from the end (right end) of the semiconductor substrate 20 in the +x direction. The bumps 23 - 2 and the pads 24 - 2 are respectively disposed at distances d2 and d6 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 20 . The bumps 23 - 3 and the bonding pads 24 - 3 are respectively disposed at distances d3 and d7 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 20 . The bumps 23 - 4 and the bonding pads 24 - 4 are respectively disposed at distances d4 and d8 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 20 . Furthermore, the distances d1 and d5, the distances d2 and d6, the distances d3 and d7, or the distances d4 and d8 may be the same distance from each other, or may be different distances. Next, the configuration of the core chips CC1 and CC3 will be described. As shown in FIG. 6, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are arranged in the same rectangular area as the core chips CC0 and CC2. Furthermore, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 and the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the opposing surfaces when the respective upper surfaces face each other. Specifically, for example, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are mirror-symmetrical with respect to the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 with respect to the yz plane. More specifically, the planes 0 to 3 are respectively provided at the four corners of the rectangular region (the upper right corner, the lower right corner, the upper left corner, and the lower left corner in FIG. 6 ). The other various circuits are arranged in the same manner as described in the core chips CC0 and CC2. The layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 configured as above, for example, as shown in FIG. 6 correspond to the symbol P2 obtained by mirror-symmetrically converting the symbol P1 shown in FIG. 4 with respect to the yz plane. That is, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are consistent with the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 by performing the same conversion as the conversion from the symbol P2 to the symbol P1. Also, as shown in FIG. 7 , an element layer 41 is provided on the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate 40 according to a layout pattern corresponding to the symbol P2 and a wiring pattern corresponding to the layout pattern. In addition, in FIG. 7, the description about the internal circuits other than the terminals T1a-T4a, the terminals T1b-T4b, and the logic circuits LGA and LGB is abbreviate|omitted for simplification. The semiconductor substrate 40 is provided with a plurality of through holes 42 (42-1, 42-2, 42-3, and 42-4) that function as TSVs. The exposed portions of the through holes 42-1 to 42-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 40 are respectively provided with a plurality of bumps 43 (43-1, 43-2, 43-3, and 43-4). On the upper surface of the element layer 41, a plurality of pads 44 (44-1, 44-2, 44-3, and 44-4) that function as the terminals T1a to T4a are provided. The upper surface of the pad 44 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 41 . In the element layer 41, the logic element layers 45 and 46 and wiring layers 47-53 which function as logic circuits LGA and LGB are provided. The wiring layer 47 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 42-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 44-1. The wiring layer 47 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layers 48 and 49 are connected between the through holes 42-2, the logic element layer 45, and the pads 44-2 using a wiring pattern different from that of the wiring layers 28 and 29 in FIG. 5 . Specifically, the wiring layer 48 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the through hole 42 - 2 and a second end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 45 . The wiring layer 48 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 49 includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 45 and a second end provided on the lower end of the bonding pad 44-2. The logic element layer 45 includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 45 functions as a logic circuit LGA that outputs a signal input from the pad 44-2 to the bump 43-2. The wiring layers 50 and 51 are connected between the through holes 42-3, the logic element layer 46, and the pads 44-3 by using a wiring pattern different from that of the wiring layers 30 and 31 in FIG. 5 . Specifically, the wiring layer 50 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the through hole 42 - 3 and a second end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 46 . The wiring layer 50 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 51 includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 46 and a second end provided on the lower end of the bonding pad 44-3. The logic element layer 46 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 46 functions as a logic circuit LGB that outputs a signal input from the bump 43-3 toward the pad 44-3. The wiring layer 52 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 42-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 53 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 44-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. As described above, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are in a mirror-symmetrical relationship with the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 with respect to the yz plane. Therefore, in the example of FIG. 7 , the bumps 43 - 1 and the pads 44 - 1 are respectively disposed at positions with distances d1 and d5 from the end (left end) of the semiconductor substrate 40 in the −x direction. The bump 43 - 2 and the bonding pad 44 - 2 are respectively disposed at distances d2 and d6 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 40 . The bumps 43 - 3 and the pads 44 - 3 are respectively disposed at distances d3 and d7 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 40 . The bumps 43 - 4 and the pads 44 - 4 are respectively disposed at distances d4 and d8 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 40 . By being constructed as above, the chip designs of the core chips CC1 and CC3 include the layout patterns that are mirror-symmetrical to the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2, and the wiring patterns that are different from the wiring patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2. 1. 1. 4. 3. About the laminated structure of the core chip group Next, the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 8 . 8 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 8 shows a structure in which the core wafers CC0 to CC3 shown in FIGS. 5 and 7 are stacked in this order. As shown in FIG. 8 , the upper surface of the core chip CC0 is bonded to the upper surface of the core chip CC1. As described above, the layout pattern of the core chip CC0 and the layout pattern of the core chip CC1 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the opposing surfaces of the upper surfaces of each other. Therefore, the positions of the bonding pads 24-1 to 24-4 of the core chip CC0 are aligned with the positions of the bonding pads 44-1 to 44-4 of the core chip CC1, respectively. In addition, the lower surface of the core chip CC1 is bonded to the lower surface of the core chip CC2. As described above, the layout pattern of the core chip CC1 and the layout pattern of the core chip CC2 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the opposing surfaces of the upper surfaces of each other. Therefore, the positions of the bumps 43-1 to 43-4 of the core chip CC1 are aligned with the positions of the bumps 23-1 to 23-4 of the core chip CC2, respectively. In addition, the upper surface of the core chip CC2 is bonded to the upper surface of the core chip CC3. As described above, the layout pattern of the core chip CC2 and the layout pattern of the core chip CC3 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the opposing surfaces of the upper surfaces of each other. Therefore, the positions of the bonding pads 24-1 to 24-4 of the core chip CC2 are aligned with the positions of the bonding pads 44-1 to 44-4 of the core chip CC3, respectively. With the above configuration, the core chips CC0-CC3 can form the signal paths SL1-SL4 which can communicate with each internal circuit. As described above, the wiring patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 and the wiring patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are different from each other. Therefore, in the signal path SL2, the input-output relationship between the logic element layer 25 and the logic element layer 45 is matched. In addition, in the signal path SL3, the input-output relationship between the logic element layer 26 and the logic element layer 46 is matched. In addition, in the following description, the group of core chips CC0 and CC1 and the group of core chips CC2 and CC3 include two semiconductor substrates and the upper surfaces of the element layers are bonded to each other as a "chip". Set CS". In the first embodiment, the wafer set CS of the group including the core chips CC0 and CC1 has the same configuration as the wafer set CS of the group including the core chips CC2 and CC3. 1. 2. About the manufacturing method Next, the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. 1. 2. 1. Outline of the manufacturing method First, the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a flowchart for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9 , a plurality of wafer sets CS are cut out from two wafers W1 and W2 that are attached to each other. The outline thereof will be described with reference to FIG. 10 . As shown in FIG. 10 , in step ST10 , the device layers 21 and 41 are transferred on the upper surfaces of each of the wafers W1 and W2 by using a pre-designed mask set by photolithography. That is, the one mask set can define the chip designs (layout patterns and wiring patterns) of the core chips CC0 to CC3. In addition, in the following description, a part corresponding to one wafer set CS in the two wafers W1 and W2 is also referred to as a wafer set CS in a state before being diced from the wafers W1 and W2. In step ST20, the two wafers W1 and W2 on which the element layers are formed are bonded together. Specifically, the wafers W1 and W2 are attached in such a manner that the element layers disposed on the respective upper surfaces face each other. In step ST30, the lower surfaces of the bonded wafers W1 and W2 are ground. Specifically, one of the bonded wafers W1 and W2 (for example, wafer W2 ) is made to function as a support substrate, and the other (for example, wafer W1 ) is polished. In addition, during polishing of the wafer W2, it may be fixed on the side of the wafer W1 by a dummy semiconductor substrate that functions as a support substrate. The dummy semiconductor substrate is removed, for example, after grinding or after the wafer screening step described below. As a result of the polishing, the lower ends of the through holes 22 and the lower ends of the through holes 42 are exposed on the polished surfaces of each of the wafers W1 and W2. On the exposed portions of the through holes 22 and 42, bumps 23 and 43 are provided. In step ST40, the defective core wafer area is detected by the wafer screening step. Specifically, the pin contact terminals of the die sorter are brought into contact (probe) with the bumps 23 or 43 provided in step ST20, and it is checked whether the required communication can be performed. As a result of the detection, the wafer set CS capable of performing the required communication at all the pin contact positions is determined as no defect (good product) detected. On the other hand, the wafer set CS including the portion in which the required communication cannot be performed is determined to be defective (defective product). In step ST50, wafers W1 and W2 are divided into wafer sets CS units by a dicing step. Thereafter, the wafer sets CS judged to be good products in step ST40 are screened and stacked. Thereby, the core wafer group 11 is provided. Furthermore, in combination with the interface chip 10 manufactured separately, the manufacture of the semiconductor memory device 3 is finally completed. 1. 2. 2. Formation of wafers Next, a method of forming an element layer on a wafer and a method of bonding two wafers in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. 11 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 12 is a schematic view for explaining the bonding method of two wafers in the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. That is, FIGS. 11 and 12 correspond to steps ST10 and ST20 in FIG. 10 , respectively. In FIGS. 11 and 12 , the layout patterns transferred onto the wafers W1 and W2 using the mask set MS1 are schematically shown. Specifically, in FIGS. 11 and 12 , the layout pattern explained in FIGS. 4 and 5 is represented by the symbol P1 , and the layout pattern explained in FIGS. 6 and 7 is represented by the symbol P2 . In the following description, the layout pattern illustrated in FIGS. 4 and 5 is referred to as a layout pattern P1, and the layout pattern illustrated in FIGS. 6 and 7 is referred to as a layout pattern P2. As shown in FIG. 11 , the mask set MS1 is alternately arranged in layout patterns P1 and P2 along the x-direction. Furthermore, the mask set MS1 is arranged so that both ends along the x-direction have different layout patterns. Also, as shown in FIG. 12 , the wafers W1 and W2 are, for example, folded in half with respect to the yz plane from the state of being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane. Thereby, for example, in FIG. 12 , the area AreaA in the upper left corner of the wafer W1 on which the layout pattern P1 is transferred and the area AreaB in the upper right corner of the wafer W2 on which the layout pattern P2 is transferred are bonded. The same is true for other areas, the area on the wafer W1 to which the layout pattern P1 is transferred is bonded to the area on the wafer W2 to which the layout pattern P2 is transferred, and the area on which the layout pattern P2 is transferred on the wafer W1 The area on which the layout pattern P1 is transferred on the bonding wafer W2. Also, in the mask set MS1, the layout patterns P1 and P2 correspond to the wiring pattern shown in FIG. 5 and the wiring pattern shown in FIG. 7, respectively. By bonding the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS1 as described above is transferred, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the wafer set CS described in FIG. 8 can be obtained. Furthermore, in FIGS. 11 and 12 , the case where one mask set MS1 is used has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, wafers W1 and W2 may also use different mask sets. Specifically, for example, it is assumed that only the layout pattern P1 is transferred to the wafer W1, and that only the layout pattern P2 is transferred to the wafer W2. 1. 2. 3. About wafer screening Next, the method of wafer screening in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment will be described. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram for explaining the detection of the wafer screening of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. That is, FIG. 13 corresponds to step ST40 in FIG. 10 . As shown in FIG. 13 , the wafer screening of the wafer W2 can be implemented, for example, by bringing the probe terminals of a wafer screening machine (not shown) into contact with the bumps 43 provided on the lower surface of the wafer W2. As described above, the mask sets MS1 are alternately arranged in the layout patterns P1 and P2 along the x-direction. Therefore, on the lower surface of the wafer W2, according to the mask set MS1, the bumps 43 arranged with the arrangement patterns B1 and B2 different from each other are alternately arranged in the x direction. More specifically, the arrangement patterns B1 and B2 are mirror-symmetrical with respect to the yz plane. Therefore, the needle contact position applicable to the arrangement pattern B1 cannot be applied to the arrangement pattern B2. In the first embodiment, regarding the repeating unit of the needle contact position DS1 of the wafer screening machine (represented as DSU in FIG. 13 ), a group of two different layout patterns adjacent to each other in the x direction can be defined as one. unit. That is, the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position DS1 of the wafer screening machine corresponds to the group of the arrangement patterns B1 and B2. By defining the pin contact position DS1 of the wafer screening machine as defined above, it is possible to use one repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine for the wafer W2 having different layout patterns P1 and P2 arranged in the x-direction. Perform wafer screening. Furthermore, when only the layout pattern P1 is transferred to the wafer W1, and only the layout pattern P2 is transferred to the wafer W2, the arrangement pattern of the bumps 63 arranged on the same wafer is in the chip set CS unit. All the same. Therefore, the size of the repeating unit DSU applied to the pin contact position of the wafer screener on the same wafer can be set as half of that in the case of FIG. 13 . 1. 3 Effects of the present embodiment According to the first embodiment, the manufacturing cost of the core chip group can be reduced. This effect will be described below. As a configuration capable of improving the characteristics of a memory product, a configuration including a core chip group formed by laminating core chips having TSVs is known. In general, the core chip group can be formed by stacking core chips obtained by dicing one wafer so that the upper surfaces and the lower surfaces of each other are in contact with each other. In the first embodiment, the upper surfaces of the two wafers W1 and W2 are bonded to each other before dicing. Then, the wafer set CS is obtained by simultaneously dicing the bonded two wafers W1 and W2. The core wafer group 11 is provided by stacking the wafer set CS. Both the part corresponding to the wafer W1 and the part corresponding to the wafer W2 of the chip set CS function as one core chip CC. Thereby, four core wafers CC are laminated every time two wafer sets CS are laminated. Therefore, compared with the case where the core wafers CC are layered one by one after the wafers W1 and W2 are diced one by one, the steps required for layering can be greatly reduced. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. Also, the bumps of the two wafer sets CS are connected to each other. Therefore, in the manufacturing step, two bumps can be regarded as one bump. Thereby, the size of the bump required for the connection between the chip sets CS can be controlled substantially to the size of about one bump. Therefore, the height in the stacking direction of the wafer cluster can be reduced, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost. In addition, wafers W1 and W2 form device layers by the same mask set MS1. The mask set MS1 includes two layout patterns P1 and P2 that are different from each other. The layout patterns P1 and P2 are alternately arranged. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the element layer on which the layout pattern P1 is transferred and the element layer on which the layout pattern P2 is transferred can be bonded together. Furthermore, the cost required for the design of the mask set MS1 is equivalent to the cost of designing the layout patterns P1 and P2. However, the layout patterns P1 and P2 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship with each other. Therefore, the layout pattern P2 is substantially included in the design cost of the layout pattern P1. Therefore, the design cost of the mask set MS1 can be controlled to be equal to the design cost of one core chip CC. Also, as described above, the layout patterns P1 and P2 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship with each other. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the positions and uses of the terminals T1b to T4b provided on the wafer W1 and the terminals T1a to T4a provided on the wafer W2 are the same. Thereby, the connection between the wafers W1 and W2 can be matched. In addition, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the functions of the internal circuits of the core chip CC provided on the wafer W1 and the functions of the internal circuits of the core chip CC provided on the wafer W2 are arranged in the same lamination direction. the location. Therefore, a signal required for the core chip CC provided on the wafer W1 and a signal required for the core chip CC provided on the wafer W2 can be communicated with one signal path. Thereby, the number of signal paths to be provided can be reduced. Furthermore, the arrangement of the terminals of the portion on the wafer where the layout pattern P1 is transferred and the portion where the layout pattern P2 is transferred are different from each other. In the first embodiment, the probe terminals used at the time of wafer screening are arranged differently for two different layout patterns P1 and P2 adjacent to each other. Furthermore, the arrangement of terminals including the two different arrangements is defined as a repeating unit DSU. Therefore, even when different layout patterns P1 and P2 are transferred onto the same wafer, the wafer screening step can be performed without problems. Furthermore, as described above, since the layout patterns P1 and P2 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship with each other, if the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the orientations of the input and output terminals of the logic circuit are opposite to each other. In the first embodiment, the layout patterns P1 and P2 correspond to mutually different wiring patterns. Specifically, in one wiring pattern, if the input end and output end of the logic circuit are connected to the pad and the bump, respectively, in another wiring pattern, the input end and the output end of the logic circuit are respectively connected to the bump blocks and pads. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the wafer W1 and the logic circuit provided in the wafer W2 can be matched. 1. 4. Variation of the first embodiment Furthermore, the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment is not limited to the above-described example, and various modifications can be applied. For example, in the first embodiment, the case where the two layout patterns are mirror-symmetrical with respect to the yz plane has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the xz plane. FIG. 14 is a plan view illustrating a layout pattern of a core chip of a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. In FIG. 14, the structure common to the core chips CC1 and CC3 is shown. In addition, about the core chips CC0 and CC2, it is set as the structure similar to 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted. As shown in FIG. 14, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are arranged in the same rectangular area as the core chips CC0 and CC2. Also, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are mirror-symmetrical with respect to the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 with respect to the xz plane. More specifically, plane 0 to plane 3 are respectively arranged at four corners (lower left corner, upper left corner, lower right corner, and upper right corner in FIG. 14 ) of the rectangular region. The other various circuits are configured in the same manner as described in the core chips CC0 and CC2. The layout pattern of the core chips CC1 and CC3 configured as above, for example, as shown in FIG. 14 corresponds to the symbol P3 obtained by mirror-symmetrically converting the symbol P1 shown in FIG. 4 with respect to the xz plane. That is, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are consistent with the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2 by performing the same conversion as the conversion from the symbol P3 to the symbol P1. Next, a method of forming an element layer on a wafer and a method of bonding two wafers in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment will be described. FIG. 15 is a schematic view for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of bonding two wafers in the semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. That is, FIGS. 15 and 16 correspond to steps ST10 and ST20 in FIG. 10 , respectively. In FIGS. 15 and 16, the layout patterns transferred onto wafers W1 and W2 using mask set MS2 are schematically shown. Specifically, in FIGS. 15 and 16 , the layout pattern illustrated in FIG. 4 is represented by the symbol P1 , and the layout pattern illustrated in FIG. 14 is represented by the symbol P3 . In the following description, the layout pattern illustrated in FIGS. 14 and 7 is referred to as a layout pattern P3. As shown in FIG. 15 , the mask set MS2 is alternately arranged in the layout patterns P1 and P3 along the y-direction. Furthermore, the mask set MS2 is arranged so that both ends along the y-direction have different layout patterns. Also, as shown in FIG. 16 , the wafers W1 and W2 are, for example, folded in half with respect to the xz plane from the state of being aligned in the y direction on the xy plane. Thereby, for example, in FIG. 16 , the area AreaA in the upper left corner of the wafer W1 on which the layout pattern P1 is transferred and the area AreaC in the lower left corner of the wafer W2 on which the layout pattern P3 is transferred are bonded. The same is true for other regions, the region on the wafer W1 where the layout pattern P1 is transferred is bonded to the region on the wafer W2 where the layout pattern P3 is transferred, and the region on the wafer W1 where the layout pattern P3 is transferred The area on which the layout pattern P1 is transferred on the bonding wafer W2. Also, in the mask set MS1, the layout patterns P1 and P3 correspond to the wiring pattern shown in FIG. 5 and the wiring pattern shown in FIG. 7, respectively. By bonding the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS2 as described above is transferred, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the wafer set CS described in FIG. 8 can be obtained. Next, a method of wafer screening in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment will be described. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram for explaining the detection of the wafer screening of the semiconductor memory device of the modification of the first embodiment. That is, FIG. 17 corresponds to step ST40 in FIG. 10 . As described above, the mask set MS2 is alternately arranged in the layout patterns P1 and P3 along the y-direction. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 17, on the lower surface of the wafer W2, bumps 43 arranged with different arrangement patterns B1 and B3 are alternately arranged in the y direction according to the mask set MS2. Since the arrangement patterns B1 and B3 are mutually mirror-symmetrical with respect to the xz plane, the needle contact positions applicable to the arrangement pattern B1 cannot be applied to the arrangement pattern B3. Therefore, in the modification of the first embodiment, regarding the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position DS2 of the wafer screening machine, a group of two different layout patterns adjacent to each other in the y direction can be defined as one unit. That is, the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position DS2 of the wafer screening machine corresponds to the group of the arrangement patterns B1 and B3. By defining the pin contact position DS2 of the wafer screening machine as defined above, it is possible to use one repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine for the wafer W2 arranged in the y-direction with different layout patterns P1 and P3 Perform wafer screening. 2. Second Embodiment Next, a semiconductor memory device according to a second embodiment will be described. The semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment is designed such that the layout patterns of the two core chips constituting the chip set are mirror-symmetrical with respect to the facing surfaces when the upper surfaces of the two face each other. The semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment is designed so that the layout patterns of the two core chips constituting the chip set are the same. Hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the same components as those of the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted, and the parts different from those of the first embodiment will be described. 2. 1 About the structure The structure of the semiconductor memory device according to the second embodiment will be described. 2. 1. 1. Connection between core chips The connection between the core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 18 . 18 is a circuit diagram for explaining an example of connection between core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 18, each of the core chips CC0-CC3 includes terminals T1a, T4a, T5a, T6a, T7a, and T8a, and terminals T1b, T4b, T5b, T6b, T7b, and T8b. Moreover, each of the core chips CC0 to CC3 includes logic circuits LGA1, LGA2, LGB1, and LGB2. Since the connection of the terminals T1a and T1b and the terminals T4a and T4b is the same as that of the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted. The terminals T5a-T8a of the core chip CC0 are connected to the external interface chip 10 or the controller 2, for example. The terminals T5b-T8b of the core chip CC0 are respectively connected to the terminals T5a-T8a of the core chip CC1. The terminals T5b to T8b of the core chip CC1 are respectively connected to the terminals T5a to T5a of the core chip CC2. The terminals T5b-T8b of the core chip CC2 are respectively connected to the terminals T5a-T8a of the core chip CC3. In each core chip CC, the terminals T5a and T5b, the terminals T6a and T6b, the terminals T7a and T7b, and the terminals 8a and T8b are connected through wirings provided inside each core chip CC. In the core chips CC0 and CC2, the logic circuit LGA1 is arranged on the wiring between the terminals T7a and T7b, and the logic circuit LGB1 is arranged on the wiring between the terminals T8a and T8b. The logic circuit LGA1 includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T7a and an output terminal connected to the terminal T7b. The logic circuit LGB1 includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T8b and an output terminal connected to the terminal T8a. In addition, in the core chips CC1 and CC3, the logic circuit LGA2 is provided on the wiring between the terminals T7a and T7b, and the logic circuit LGB2 is provided on the wiring between the terminals T8a and T8b. The logic circuit LGA2 includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T7a and an output terminal connected to the terminal T7b. The logic circuit LGB2 includes an input terminal connected to the terminal T8b and an output terminal connected to the terminal T8a. With the above configuration, signals can be sent and received from the terminal T5a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T5b of the core chip CC3, and from the terminal T6a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T6b of the core chip CC3, respectively. Signal paths SL5 and SL6 of each of CC3 function. The signal path SL5 is connected to the internal circuits in the core chips CC0 and CC2, but the internal circuits in the core chips CC1 and CC3 are cut off (skip the internal circuits). The signal path SL6 is connected to the internal circuits in the core chips CC1 and CC3, but bypasses the internal circuits in the core chips CC0 and CC2. Thereby, the internal circuits of each core chip CC can communicate signals with the controller 2 and the interface chip 10 via the signal paths SL5 or SL6. In addition, the signal path SL1 in 2nd Embodiment assumes the power supply etc. which are commonly supplied in each core chip CC, for example. In addition, from the terminal T7a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T7b of the core chip CC3, the signals that can be processed by the logic circuit LGA1 or LGA2 of the core chip CCn (n is 0≦n≦2) can be sent to the core chip. The signal path SL7 of CC(n+1) functions. In addition, from the terminal T8a of the core chip CC0 to the terminal T8b of the core chip CC3 is a signal path SL8 that can transmit the signal processed by the logic circuit LGB1 or LGB2 of the core chip CC(n+1) to the core chip CCn. function. Furthermore, the terminals T5a to T8a of the core chip CC0 can send and receive various signals with the interface chip 10 or the controller 2 . Furthermore, the logic circuits LGA1 and LGA2 may be different from each other, or even though they are the same circuit, any one of them does not perform a logic operation substantially. Similarly, the logic circuits LGB1 and LGB2 may be different from each other, or may be the same circuit, but any one of them does not perform a logic operation substantially. That is, signal path SL7 includes signal path SL2, and signal path SL8 includes signal path SL3. In addition, the logic circuits LGA1 , LGA2 , LGB1 , and LGB2 may or may not be connected to the internal circuit. 2. 1. 2 About the structure of the core chip Next, the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment will be described. The top views of the core chips CC0 to CC3 in the second embodiment are the same as the top views of the core chips CC0 and CC2 shown in FIG. 4 of the first embodiment. However, the layout pattern of the core chip CC in the second embodiment differs from the layout pattern of the core chip CC in the first embodiment in the arrangement of terminals and logic circuits not shown in FIG. 4 . 19 and 20 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. 19 and 20 correspond to the cross-sections along the line V-V shown in FIG. 4 . 19 shows a configuration common to core chips CC0 and CC2, and FIG. 20 shows a configuration common to core chips CC1 and CC3. First, the configuration of the core chips CC0 and CC2 will be described. The layout pattern shown in FIG. 19 corresponds to the symbol P4 which is different from the symbol P1 shown in FIG. 4 . As shown in FIG. 19 , the element layer 61 is provided on the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate 60 according to the layout pattern corresponding to the symbol P4 and the wiring pattern corresponding to the layout pattern. In addition, in FIG. 19, the description about the internal circuits other than terminals T5a-T8a, T5b-T8b and logic circuits LGA1 and LGB1 is abbreviate|omitted for simplification. The semiconductor substrate 60 is provided with a plurality of through holes 62L (62L-1, 62L-2, 62L-3, and 62L-4) and 62R (62R-1, 62R-2, 62R-3) that function as TSVs , and 62R-4). In the core chips CC0 and CC2, the exposed portions of the through holes 62L-1 to 62L-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 60 are provided with bumps 63L-1 that function as terminals T5a, T7a, T8a, and T4a, respectively , 63L-2, 63L-3, and 63L-4. The exposed portions of the through holes 62R-1 to 62R-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 60 are provided with bumps 63R-1, 63R-2, 63R-3 that function as the terminals T6a, T8a, T7a, and T4a, respectively , and 63R-4. On the upper surface of the element layer 61, a plurality of pads 64L (64L-1, 64L-2, 64L-3, and 64L-4) that function as terminals T5b, T7b, T8b, and T4b are provided. Further, on the upper surface of the element layer 61, a plurality of pads 64R (64R-1, 64R-2, 64R-3, and 64R-4) functioning as terminals T6b, T8b, T7b, and T4b are provided. The upper surface of the bonding pad 64 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 61 . Logic element layers 65 to 67 and wiring layers 68 to 80 that function as logic circuits LGA1 , LGB1 , and LGB1 are provided in the element layer 61 , respectively. The wiring layer 68 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62L-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the pad 64L-1. The wiring layer 68 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 69 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62R-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the pad 64R-1. For example, the wiring layer 69 is not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 61 is skipped. The wiring layer 70 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62L- 2 , and a second end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 65 . The wiring layer 70 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 71 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 65 and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64L-2. The logic element layer 65 includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 65 functions as the logic circuit LGA1 that outputs the signal input from the bump 63L-2 toward the pad 64L-2. The wiring layer 72 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62R- 2 , and a second end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 66 . The wiring layer 73 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 66 and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64R- 2 . The wiring layers 72 and 73 are not connected to the internal circuit, for example, and the element layer 61 is skipped. The logic element layer 66 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 66 functions as the logic circuit LGB1 that outputs the signal input from the pad 64R- 2 to the bump 63R- 2 . The wiring layer 74 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62L-3, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 67. The wiring layer 75 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 67 and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64L-3. The wiring layers 74 and 75 are not connected to the internal circuit, for example, and the element layer 61 is skipped. The logic element layer 67 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 67 functions as the logic circuit LGB1 that outputs the signal input from the pad 64L-3 toward the bump 63L-3. The wiring layer 76 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62R-3, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 64R-3. The wiring layer 76 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 77 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62L-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 78 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 64L-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 79 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62R-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 80 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 64R- 4 , for example, connected to an internal circuit. In the example of FIG. 19 , the bumps 63L and 63R are disposed at symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the width of the semiconductor substrate 60 along the x direction (hereinafter referred to as “the center of the semiconductor substrate 60”). Specifically, the bumps 63L- 1 and 63R- 1 are provided at positions distanced d9 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bumps 63L- 2 and 63R- 2 are provided at positions at a distance d10 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bumps 63L- 3 and 63R- 3 are provided at positions at a distance d11 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bumps 63L- 4 and 63R- 4 are provided at positions at a distance d12 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Also, the pads 64L and 64R are disposed at positions symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Specifically, the bonding pads 64L- 1 and 64R- 1 are provided at positions at a distance d13 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bonding pads 64L- 2 and 64R- 2 are disposed at a distance d14 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bonding pads 64L- 3 and 64R- 3 are provided at positions at a distance d15 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . The bonding pads 64L- 4 and 64R- 4 are disposed at a distance d16 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Furthermore, the distances d9 and d13, the distances d10 and d14, the distances d11 and d15, or the distances d12 and d16 may be the same distance from each other, or may be different distances. Next, the configuration of the core chips CC1 and CC3 will be described. As shown in FIG. 20, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are consistent with the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC2. That is, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 correspond to the symbol P4. Therefore, in the core chips CC1 and CC3, the bumps 63L and 63R are symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60, and are disposed at the same positions as the bumps 63L and 63R in the core chips CC0 and CC2. Also, in the core chips CC1 and CC3, the pads 64L and 64R are symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60, and are disposed at the same positions as the pads 64L and 64R in the core chips CC0 and CC2. Furthermore, in the core chips CC1 and CC3, the functions of the bumps 63, the bonding pads 64, and the logic element layers 65-67 are different from those of the core chips CC0 and CC2. Specifically, in the core chips CC1 and CC3, the bumps 63L-1 to 63L-4 function as terminals T6b, T8b, T7b, and T4b, respectively. The bumps 63R-1 to 63R-4 function as terminals T5b, T7b, T8b, and T4b, respectively. The pads 64L-1 to 64L-4 function as terminals T6a, T8a, T7a, and T4a, respectively. The pads 64R-1 to 64R-4 function as terminals T5a, T7a, T8a, and T4a, respectively. The logic element layers 65 to 67 function as logic circuits LGB2, LGA2, and LGA2, respectively. By being constructed as above, the chip designs of the core chips CC1 and CC3 include the same layout patterns and the same wiring patterns as those of the core chips CC0 and CC2. That is, the core chips CC0-CC3 contain the same chip design. 2. 1. 3. About the laminated structure of the core chip group Next, the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 21 . FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. FIG. 21 shows a structure in which the core wafers CC0 to CC3 shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 are laminated in this order. As shown in FIG. 21 , the top surface of the core chip CC0 and the top surface of the core chip CC2 are respectively attached to the top surface of the core chip CC1 and the top surface of the core chip CC3. In addition, the lower surface of the core chip CC1 is bonded to the lower surface of the core chip CC2. As described above, in the core chips CC0 to CC4, the bumps 63L and 63R are disposed at positions symmetrical to each other with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Also, the pads 64L and 64R are provided at positions symmetrical to each other with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Therefore, the positions of the bonding pads 64L-1 to 64L-4 and 64R-1 to 64R-4 of the core chips CC0 and CC2 are respectively the same as those of the bonding pads 64L-1 to 64L-4 and 64R-1 of the core chips CC1 and CC2, respectively. The position of ~64R-4 is aligned. In addition, the positions of the bumps 63L-1 to 63L-4 and 63R-1 to 63R-4 of the core chip CC1 are respectively the same as those of the bumps 63L-1 to 63L-4 and 63R-1 to 63R-4 of the core chip CC2. position alignment. With the above configuration, the core chips CC0 to CC3 form the signal paths SL4 to SL8 that can communicate with each other. 2. 2. About the manufacturing method Next, the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment will be described. 2. 2. 1. About wafer formation The method of forming the element layer on the wafer and the method of laminating two wafers in the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment will be described. Fig. 22 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. FIG. 22 corresponds to step ST10 in FIG. 10 . In FIG. 22, the layout pattern transferred onto wafers W1 and W2 using mask set MS3 is schematically shown. In the second embodiment, as described above, the core chips CC0 to CC3 are formed by the same chip design. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 22, the mask set MS3 is arranged in the same layout pattern P4. For example, the wafers W1 and W2 can be attached by folding them in half with respect to the yz plane from the state of being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane, as in FIG. 12 in the first embodiment, or as in the modification of the first embodiment. In FIG. 16, it is likewise folded in half with respect to the xz plane from the state of being aligned in the y direction on the xy plane. By bonding the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS3 is transferred as described above, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the wafer set CS described in FIG. 21 can be obtained. 2. 2. 2. About wafer screening Next, a method of wafer screening in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 23 is a schematic view for explaining the detection of the wafer screening of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. That is, FIG. 23 corresponds to step ST40 in FIG. 10 . As shown in FIG. 23 , the wafer screening of the wafer W2 can be implemented, for example, by bringing the probe terminals of a wafer screening machine (not shown) into contact with the bumps 63 provided on the lower surface of the wafer W2. As described above, the mask set MS3 is similarly arranged in the same layout pattern P4. Therefore, on the lower surface of the wafer W2, the bumps 63 arranged by the arrangement pattern B4 corresponding to the layout pattern P4 are similarly provided in accordance with the mask set MS3. Therefore, in the second embodiment, about the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position DS3 of the wafer screening machine, one layout pattern can be defined as one unit. That is, the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position DS3 of the wafer screening machine corresponds to the arrangement pattern B4. By defining the pin contact position DS3 of the wafer screening machine as defined above, wafer screening can be performed using one repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine for wafers W2 arranged with the same wafer design. 2. 3. Effects of the present embodiment In the second embodiment, the wafers W1 and W2 are formed by the same mask set MS3 to form element layers. The mask set MS3 is likewise aligned with the same chip design. Thereby, the mask set MS3 can be designed only by designing the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of one core chip CC. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. Furthermore, in the layout pattern of the second embodiment, bumps 63 and pads 64 are provided at positions symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the positions of the terminals of each other are aligned. Thereby, the connection between the wafers W1 and W2 can be aligned. Furthermore, in the second embodiment, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the internal circuit of the core chip CC0 provided on the wafer W1 and the internal circuit of the core chip CC provided on the wafer W2 are separated. The functions are arranged in different positions in the stacking direction. Therefore, there is a possibility that the signal required in the core chip CC disposed on the wafer W1 and the signal required in the core chip CC disposed on the wafer W2 cannot be communicated using the same signal path. Therefore, in the second embodiment, a signal path SL5 for connecting to the internal circuits of the core chips CC0 and CC2 and a signal path SL6 for connecting to the internal circuits of the core chips CC1 and CC3 are provided. That is, in the signal path SL5, the signal is transmitted and received to the core chips CC0 and CC2, and the core chips CC1 and CC3 skip the signal. In the signal path SL6, the signal is sent and received to the core chips CC1 and CC3, and the core chips CC0 and CC2 skip the signal. Thereby, although the number of signal paths provided on the wafers W1 and W2 increases, the required signals can be sent and received to each core chip CC using the same chip design. 2. 4. First modification of the second embodiment In addition, the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment is not limited to the above-mentioned example, and various modifications can be applied. In the second embodiment, the case where the same chip design is applied to the core chips CC0 and CC1 has been described, but it is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to apply the same layout pattern to the core chips CC0 and CC1 while applying different wiring patterns. This situation may occur when, for example, logic circuits disposed in left-right symmetrical positions in the core chip CC input and output signals in the same direction. 24 and 25 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. In FIG. 24, the configuration common to the core chips CC0 and CC2 is shown, and in FIG. 25, the configuration common to the core chips CC1 and CC3 is shown. The layout pattern shown in FIG. 24 corresponds to the symbol P5 which is different from the symbol P4 shown in FIG. 19 . As shown in FIG. 24 , in the first modification of the second embodiment, the core chips CC0 and CC2 include a logic element layer 66A instead of the logic element layer 66 . That is, the wiring layer 72 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the through hole 62R- 2 and a second end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 66A. The wiring layer 73 includes a first end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 66A, and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64R- 2 . The logic element layer 66A includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 66A functions as the logic circuit LGA1 that outputs the signal input from the bump 63R- 2 toward the pad 64R- 2 . Also, as shown in FIG. 25, the layout patterns of the core chips CC1 and CC3 correspond to the symbol P5 similarly to the core chips CC0 and CC2. However, the core chips CC1 and CC3 include different wiring patterns from the core chips CC0 and CC2. Specifically, the core chips CC1 and CC3 include wiring layers 70A to 73A in place of the wiring layers 70 to 73 . The wiring layer 70A includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 62L- 2 , and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 65 . The wiring layer 71A includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 65 and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64L-2. That is, the logic element layer 65 functions as the logic circuit LGA2 that outputs the signal input from the pad 64L-2 toward the bump 63L-2. The wiring layer 72A includes a first end provided on the upper end of the through hole 62R- 2 , and a second end provided on the upper end of the logic element layer 66A. The wiring layer 73A includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 66A, and a second end provided on the lower end of the pad 64R- 2 . That is, the logic element layer 66A functions as the logic circuit LGA2 that outputs the signal input from the pad 64R- 2 toward the bump 63R- 2 . FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the build-up structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 26, in the signal paths SL7a and SL7b, in the core chips CC0 and CC2 and the core chips CC1 and CC3, the positions of the input and output terminals of the logic element layer are reversed. In order to match the input-output relationship of the logic element layers, the core chips CC1 and CC3 have different wiring patterns in the signal paths SL7a and SL7b from those of the core chips CC0 and CC2. Specifically, the input end and the output end of the logic element layer 65 in the core chips CC0 and CC2 are respectively connected to the bump 63L-2 and the pad 64L-2, and the logic element layer 66A in the core chips CC1 and CC3 is connected to the The input terminal and the output terminal are connected to the pad 64R-2 and the bump 63R-2, respectively. In addition, the input terminal and the output terminal of the logic element layer 66A in the core chips CC0 and CC2 are respectively connected to the bump 63R-2 and the pad 64R-2, and the input terminal of the logic element layer 65 in the core chips CC1 and CC3 is connected and the output terminals are respectively connected to the pad 64L-2 and the bump 63L-2. By configuring in this way, even when the same logic circuits are provided in the left-right symmetrical positions in the core chip CC, the input-output relationship of each signal path can be matched. Next, the method of forming the element layer on the wafer in the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment will be described. 27 is a schematic view for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. In the following description, the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 to CC3 described in FIGS. 24 and 25 are referred to as layout patterns P5. As shown in FIG. 27, the mask set MS3a is arranged in the same layout pattern P5. Furthermore, in the example of FIG. 27, the mask set MS3a is alternately arranged in the x-direction, for example, the layout pattern P5 corresponding to the wiring pattern for the core chips CC0 and CC2 and the wiring pattern for the core chips CC1 and CC3 are arranged alternately The corresponding layout pattern P5. Moreover, the mask set MS3a is arrange|positioned so that both ends along the x direction may become different wiring patterns, respectively. Wafers W1 and W2 are folded in half with respect to the yz plane from the state of being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane, for example, similarly to FIG. 12 in the first embodiment. By bonding the wafers W1 and W2 onto which the mask set MS3 is transferred as described above, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the wafer set CS described in FIG. 26 can be obtained. Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the first modification of the second embodiment is not limited to the example of using one mask set including mutually different wiring patterns, and two mask sets including different wiring patterns may be used. FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 28, different mask sets MS3b and MS3c can also be applied to wafers W1 and W2, respectively. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28(A), the mask set MS3b is similarly arranged in a layout pattern P5 corresponding to the wiring patterns for the core chips CC0 and CC2. Also, as shown in FIG. 28(B), the mask set MS3c is similarly arranged in a layout pattern P5 corresponding to the wiring patterns for the core chips CC1 and CC3. By laminating the wafer W1 on which the mask set MS3b has been transferred and the wafer W2 on which the mask set MS3c has been transferred as described above, a plurality of wafer sets CS that can function as described in FIG. 26 can be obtained. The composition of functions. 3. Third Embodiment Next, a semiconductor memory device according to a third embodiment will be described. In the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment, the case where the bumps are provided in the left-right symmetrical positions in the core chip CC has been described. The semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment is different from the second embodiment in that the bumps in the core chip CC are arranged in left-right asymmetrical positions. Furthermore, the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment is designed to have the same layout pattern between the wafer sets, but the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment uses different layout patterns between the two chip sets. More specifically, two layout patterns different from each other are designed to be mirror-symmetrical. Hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the same components as those of the second embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted, and the parts different from those of the second embodiment will be described. 3. 1 About the structure The structure of the semiconductor memory device according to the third embodiment will be described. 3. 1. 1 About the structure of the core chip The structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment will be described. 29 to 32 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. The configurations of the core chips CC0 to CC3 are shown in FIGS. 29 to 32 , respectively. As described above, in the third embodiment, the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC1 and the layout patterns of the core chips CC2 and CC3 are different from each other. First, the core chip CC0 will be explained. The layout pattern shown in FIG. 29 corresponds to the symbol P6 which is different from the symbol P4 shown in FIG. 19 and the symbol P5 shown in FIG. 24 . As shown in FIG. 29, the core chip CC0 has the same structure as that of FIG. 19 except for a part. Specifically, the core chip CC0 includes through holes 62R-3B, bumps 63R-3B, wiring layers 76B, and pads 64R-3B in place of the through holes 62R-3, bumps 63R-3, and wiring layers in FIG. 19 . 76, and pad 64R-3. The connection relationship between the bumps 63R-3B, the through holes 62R-3B, the wiring layer 76B, and the pads 64R-3B is the connection between the bumps 63R-3, the through holes 62R-3, the wiring layer 76, and the pads 64R-3 The relationship is the same. However, the bumps 63L- 3 and 63R- 3B are disposed at asymmetrical positions with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Specifically, the bumps 63R- 3B are disposed at a distance d11B from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 while the bumps 63L-3 are disposed at a distance d11 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Furthermore, the bonding pads 64L-3 and 64R-3 are disposed at symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Specifically, the bonding pads 64L- 3 and 64R- 3 are provided at positions at a distance d15 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 60 . Next, the core chip CC1 will be described. As shown in FIG. 30, the layout pattern of the core chip CC1 is consistent with the layout pattern of the core chip CC0. Therefore, in the example of FIG. 30, the pads 64L-3 and 64R-3 are symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60, and are disposed at the same positions as the pads 64L-3 and 64R-3 in FIG. 29 . In addition, the bumps 63L-3 and 63R-3 are asymmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 60, and are disposed at the same positions as the bumps 63L-3 and 63R-3 in FIG. 29 . Next, the core chip CC2 will be explained. The layout pattern shown in FIG. 31 corresponds to the symbol P7 which is different from the symbol P6 shown in FIGS. 29 and 30 . As shown in FIG. 31 , the layout pattern of the core chip CC2, for example, has a mirror-symmetrical relationship with respect to the yz plane with respect to the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC1. Specifically, the element layer 91 is provided on the semiconductor substrate 90. A plurality of through holes 92L (92L-1, 92L-2, 92L-3, and 92L-4) and 92R (92R-1, 92R-2, 92R-3, 92R-1, 92R-2, 92R-3, and 92R-4). The exposed portions of the through holes 92L-1 to 92L-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 90 are provided with bumps 93L-1, 93L-2, 93L-3 that function as the terminals T5a, T7a, T8a, and T4a, respectively , and 93L-4. The exposed portions of the through holes 92R-1 to 92R-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 90 are provided with bumps 93R-1, 93R-2, 93R-3 that function as the terminals T6a, T8a, T7a, and T4a, respectively , and 93R-4. A plurality of pads 94L (94L-1, 94L-2, 94L-3, and 94L-4) that function as terminals T5b, T7b, T8b, and T4b are provided on the upper surface of the element layer 91 . Further, on the upper surface of the element layer 91, a plurality of pads 94R (94R-1, 94R-2, 94R-3, and 94R-4) functioning as the terminals T6b, T8b, T7b, and T4b are provided. The upper surface of the bonding pad 94 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 91 . Logic element layers 95 to 97 and wiring layers 98 to 110 that function as logic circuits LGA1 , LGB1 , and LGA1 are provided in the element layer 91 , respectively. The wiring layer 98 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92L-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 94L-1. For example, the wiring layer 98 is not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 91 is skipped. The wiring layer 99 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92R-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 94R-1. The wiring layer 99 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 100 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92L- 2 , and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 95 . The wiring layer 100 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 101 includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 95 and a second end provided on the lower end of the bonding pad 94L-2. The logic element layer 95 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 95 functions as the logic circuit LGA1 that outputs the signal input from the bump 93L-2 toward the pad 94L-2. The wiring layer 102 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92R- 2 , and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 96 . The wiring layer 103 includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 96 and a second end provided on the lower end of the bonding pad 94R- 2 . For example, the wiring layers 102 and 103 are not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 91 is skipped. The logic element layer 96 includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 96 functions as the logic circuit LGB1 that outputs the signal input from the pad 94R- 2 to the bump 93R- 2 . The wiring layer 104 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92L-3, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 94L-3. The wiring layer 104 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 105 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92R- 3 , and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 97 . The wiring layer 106 includes a first end provided on the lower end of the logic element layer 97 and a second end provided on the lower end of the bonding pad 94R-3. The wiring layers 105 and 106 are not connected to the internal circuit, for example, and the element layer 91 is skipped. The logic element layer 97 includes an upper end having a function as an input end, and a lower end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 97 functions as the logic circuit LGA1 that outputs the signal input from the bump 93R-3 toward the pad 94R-3. The wiring layer 107 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92L-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 108 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 94L-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 109 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 92R-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 110 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 94R- 4 , for example, connected to an internal circuit. In the example of FIG. 31 , the bonding pads 94L and 94R are disposed at positions symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . Specifically, the bonding pads 94L- 1 and 94R- 1 are provided at positions at a distance d13 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . The bonding pads 94L- 2 and 94R- 2 are disposed at a distance d14 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . The bonding pads 94L- 3 and 94R- 3 are disposed at a distance d15 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . The bonding pads 94L- 4 and 94R- 4 are disposed at a distance d16 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . In addition, the bumps 93L and 93R are disposed at asymmetrical positions with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 except for the bumps 93L-3 and 93R-3. Specifically, the bumps 93L- 1 and 93R- 1 are provided at positions at a distance d9 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . The bumps 93L- 2 and 93R- 2 are provided at positions at a distance d10 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . The bumps 93L- 4 and 93R- 4 are provided at positions at a distance d12 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . Furthermore, the bumps 93L-3 and 94R-3 are disposed at asymmetrical positions with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . Specifically, the bump 93L- 3 is provided at a distance d11B from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 , while the bump 93R- 3 is provided at a distance d11 from the center of the semiconductor substrate 90 . Next, the core chip CC3 will be explained. As shown in FIG. 32, the layout pattern of the core chip CC3 is consistent with the layout pattern of the core chip CC2. Therefore, in the example of FIG. 32, the pads 94L-3 and 94R-3 are symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 90, and are disposed at the same positions as the pads 94L-3 and 94R-3 in FIG. 31 . Also, the bumps 93L-3 and 93R-3 are asymmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate 90, and are disposed at the same positions as the bumps 93L-3 and 93R-3 in FIG. 31 . 3. 1. 2 About the laminated structure of the core chip group Next, the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 33 . 33 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. As shown in FIG. 33, in the third embodiment, the wafer set CSa including the core chips CC0 and CC1 and the wafer set CSb including the core chips CC2 and CC3 are different from each other. Specifically, the core chips CC2 and CC3 have layout patterns that are mirror-symmetrical to the core chips CC0 and CC1. Therefore, in the signal paths SL7 and SL8, in the core chips CC0 and CC1 and the core chips CC2 and CC3, the positions of the input and output terminals of the logic element layer are reversed. In order to match the input-output relationship of the logic element layer, the core chips CC2 and CC3 have different wiring patterns in the signal paths SL7 and SL8 from those of the core chips CC0 and CC1. Specifically, for example, in the signal path SL7, the wiring layers 70 and 71 are respectively connected to the lower end and the upper end of the logic element layer 65 in the core chip CC0, and the lower end and the upper end of the logic element layer 95 in the core chip CC2 are connected to the wiring layers 70 and 71 respectively. Wiring layers 101 and 100 are connected to the upper ends, respectively. In addition, in the core chip CC1, the wiring layers 73 and 72 are connected to the upper end and the lower end of the logic element layer 66, respectively, and the wiring layers 102 and 103 are respectively connected to the upper end and the lower end of the logic element layer 96 in the core chip CC3. By configuring in this way, even when bumps are provided in the core chip CC at left-right asymmetrical positions, the input-output relationship of each signal path can be matched. 3. 2. About the manufacturing method Next, the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment will be described. 3. 2. 1 About Wafer Formation The method of forming the element layer on the wafer in the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment will be described. 34 is a schematic view for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. In the following description, the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC1 described in FIGS. 30 and 31 are referred to as layout patterns P6. In addition, the layout pattern of the core chips CC2 and CC3 demonstrated in FIG. 32 and FIG. 33 is called a layout pattern P7. As shown in FIG. 34, the mask set MS3d is arranged in the same layout pattern P6 in the x direction, for example. In addition, the mask set MS3d is arranged in the same manner as the layout pattern P7 in the x direction, for example, in a row different from the layout pattern P6. Wafers W1 and W2 are folded in half with respect to the yz plane from the state of being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane, for example, similarly to FIG. 12 in the first embodiment. By laminating the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS3d has been transferred as described above, a plurality of configurations capable of functioning as the wafer set CSa described in FIG. 34 and the wafer set CSb can be obtained at the same time. And the composition of the function. Furthermore, in the third embodiment, it is not limited to the above method, and two mask sets may be used. Specifically, for example, as the first mask set, only a mask set in which the layout pattern P6 is arranged in the same manner may be used. In addition, the chip set CSa may be provided by bonding two wafers whose device layers are formed by the first mask set. In addition, as the second mask set, only a mask set in which the layout pattern P7 is arranged in the same manner may be used. Then, the chip set CSb can also be provided by bonding the two wafers on which the element layer was formed by the second mask set. 3. 2. 2. About wafer screening The wafer screening step in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment can be applied, for example, to the same method as the first modification of the first embodiment. That is, the mask portion of the layout pattern P6 and the mask portion for the layout pattern P7 can be defined as the repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine. This makes it possible to perform wafer screening using the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position of one wafer screening machine for wafers in which the same wafer design is arranged. Furthermore, when the device layer is formed from two mask sets, the wafer screening of the wafer with the layout pattern P6 transferred and the wafer screening of the wafer transferred with the layout pattern P7 are carried out respectively. Also, in each wafer screening, a repeating unit DSU of different pin contact positions is defined. 3. 3 Effects of the present embodiment According to the third embodiment, the layout pattern P7 of the core chip CC2 and the layout pattern P6 of the core chip CC1 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship. Therefore, the bumps of the core chip CC2 are arranged at positions symmetrical to the bumps of the core chip CC1 with respect to the surface on which the core chips CC1 and CC2 are abutted. Thereby, the positions of the bumps of the core chip CC1 and the core chip CC2 are aligned with each other. In addition, the layout pattern P7 of the core chip CC3 and the layout patterns P6 of the core chips CC0 and CC1 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship. Therefore, the bumps of the core chip CC3 are arranged at positions symmetrical to the bumps of the core chip CC0 with respect to the surface on which the core chips CC1 and CC2 are abutted. Thereby, the positions of the bumps of the core chip CC3 and the core chip CC0 are aligned with each other. Therefore, the core wafer CC0 can be further laminated on the core wafer CC3. Furthermore, as mentioned above, since the layout patterns P6 and P7 have a mirror-symmetrical relationship with each other, if the chip sets CSa and CSb are attached to each other, the directions of the input and output terminals of the logic circuit are opposite to each other. In the third embodiment, wiring patterns different from each other are applied to the layout patterns P6 and P7. Specifically, in the wiring pattern of the core chip CC in one chip set CS, if the input end and the output end of the logic circuit are connected to the pads and bumps, respectively, the core chip in the other chip set CS In the wiring pattern of CC, the input terminal and the output terminal of the logic circuit are respectively connected to the bump and the pad. Therefore, when the core chips CC1 and CC2 are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit disposed in the core chip CC1 and the logic circuit disposed in the core chip CC2 can be matched. In addition, when the core chips CC3 and CC0 are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the core chip CC3 and the logic circuit provided in the core chip CC0 can be matched. 4. Fourth Embodiment Next, a semiconductor memory device according to the fourth embodiment will be described. In the first to third embodiments, the core wafer is provided on one semiconductor substrate. On the other hand, the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment is provided separately on at least two or more semiconductor substrates. Hereinafter, the same components as those of the first to third embodiments are given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted, and the parts different from those of the first to third embodiments will be described. 4. 1 About the structure The structure of the semiconductor memory device according to the fourth embodiment will be described. 4. 1. 1 About the configuration of the core chip group An example of the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 35 . FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 35 , each of the core chips CC (CC0, CC1, . . . ) of the core chip group 11 includes a plurality of sub-chips SC. Specifically, for example, core wafer CC0 includes sub wafers SC0 and SC1, and core wafer CC1 includes sub wafers SC2 and SC3. Furthermore, any natural number can be applied to the number of core chips CC. Here, the "sub-chip SC" refers to a semiconductor integrated circuit provided on one semiconductor substrate, and refers to a semiconductor integrated circuit that constitutes a part of the function of the core chip CC. 4. 1. 2. Connection between core chips Next, the connection between the core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 36 . 36 is a circuit diagram for explaining an example of connection between core chips of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 36, two core chips CC0 and CC1 are shown. Fig. 36 corresponds to Fig. 18 shown in the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 36, the connections between the sub-chips SC0, SC1, SC2, and SC3 are the same as the connections between the core chips CC0, CC1, CC2, and CC3 in FIG. 18, respectively. That is, the core chips CC0 and CC1 are connected by the connection between the sub-chips SC1 and SC2. By configuring as above, from the terminal T1a of the subchip SC0 to the terminal T1b of the subchip SC3, from the terminal T5a of the subchip SC0 to the terminal T5b of the subchip SC3, and from the terminal T6a of the subchip SC0 to the subchip The terminal T6b of SC3 functions as signal paths SL1, SL5, and SL6 that can transmit and receive signals to each of the core chips CC0 to CC1, respectively. Further, from the terminal T7a of the sub-chip SC0 to the terminal T7b of the sub-chip SC3 are sent to the sub-chip as signals that can be processed by the logic circuit LGA1 or LGA2 of the sub-chip SCn (n is 0≦n≦2). The signal path SL7 of SC(n+1) functions. Further, from the terminal T8a of the sub-chip SC0 to the terminal T8b of the sub-chip SC3 is a signal path SL8 that can transmit the signal processed by the logic circuit LGB1 or LGB2 of the sub-chip SC(n+1) to the sub-chip SCn. function. Further, from the terminal T4b of the subchip SCn to the terminal T4a of the subchip SC(n+1) functions as a signal path SL4 capable of transmitting and receiving signals between the subchips SCn and SC(n+1). Furthermore, the terminals T1a and T4a to T8a of the sub-chip SC0 can send and receive various signals with the interface chip 10 or the controller 2 . 4. 1. 3. Configuration of sub-chip Next, the configuration of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment will be described. 37 and 39 are plan views for explaining the layout pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. 38 and 40 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. 38 and 40 respectively show cross sections taken along the line XXXVIII-XXXVIII shown in FIG. 37 and the line XXXX-XXXX shown in FIG. 39 . 37 and FIG. 38 show the configuration common to the sub-chips SC0 and SC2, and FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 show the configuration common to the sub-chips SC1 and SC3. First, the configurations of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 will be described. As shown in FIG. 37 , the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 are part of the layout patterns of the core chips CC0 and CC1, respectively, and are arranged on the xy plane in a rectangle with two sides along the x-direction and two sides along the y-direction shape area. Specifically, subchips SC0 and SC2 include plane 0 and plane 1, data transfer circuit 13L, voltage generation circuit 16, driver sets 17UL and 17DL, column decoders 18-0 and 37-1, and sense amplifier 19-0 and 19-1. The layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 shown in FIG. 37 are, for example, relative to the left half of FIG. 4 and correspond to the symbol P8. Also, as shown in FIG. 38, an element layer 121 is provided on the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate 120 according to the layout pattern corresponding to the symbol P8 and the wiring pattern corresponding to the layout pattern. 38, for simplicity, descriptions of internal circuits other than terminals T4a, T5a, T7a, T8a, T4b, T5b, T7b, and T8b, and logic circuits LGA1 and LGB1 are omitted. On the semiconductor substrate 120 and the device layer 121, for example, a plurality of through holes 122 (122-1, 122-2, 122-3, and 122-4) and a plurality of bumps 123 (123-1, 123-2, 123) are provided. -3, and 123-4), a plurality of pads 124 (124-1, 124-2, 124-3, and 124-4), logic element layers 125 and 126, and wiring layers 127-133. The through holes 122, the bumps 123, the pads 124, the logic element layers 125 and 126, and the wiring layers 127 to 133 are respectively connected with, for example, the through holes 62L, bumps 63L, pads 64L, and logic element layers 65 shown in FIG. 19 . and 67, and the wiring layers 68, 70, 71, 74, 75, 77, and 78 are arranged in the same manner. In the example of FIG. 38 , the bumps 123-1 and the pads 124-1 are respectively disposed at positions d9 and d13 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120. The bump 123 - 2 and the bonding pad 124 - 2 are respectively disposed at distances d10 and d14 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120 . The bumps 123 - 3 and the bonding pads 124 - 3 are respectively disposed at distances d11 and d15 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120 . The bumps 123 - 4 and the bonding pads 124 - 4 are respectively disposed at distances d12 and d16 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120 . Next, the configurations of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 will be described. As shown in FIG. 39, the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are part of the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC1, respectively, and are arranged in the same rectangular area as the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 on the xy plane. Specifically, sub-chips SC1 and SC3 include planes 2 and 3, data transfer circuit 13R, logic control circuit 14, sequencer 15, driver sets 17UR and 17DR, column decoders 18-2 and 18-3, and a sensor Test amplifiers 19-2 and 19-3. The layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 correspond to, for example, the right half of FIG. 4 and correspond to the symbol P9. Also, as shown in FIG. 40, an element layer 141 is provided on the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate 140 according to the layout pattern corresponding to the symbol P9 and the wiring pattern corresponding to the layout pattern. 40, for simplicity, descriptions of internal circuits other than the terminals T4a, T6a, T7a, T8a, T4b, T6b, T7b and T8b, and the logic circuit LGA2 are omitted. On the semiconductor substrate 140 and the device layer 141, for example, a plurality of through holes 142 (142-1, 142-2, 142-3, and 142-4) and a plurality of bumps 143 (143-1, 143-2, 143) are provided. -3, and 143-4), a plurality of pads 144 (144-1, 144-2, 144-3, and 144-4), a logic element layer 145, and wiring layers 146-151. The through hole 142, the bump 143, the pad 144, the logic element layer 145, and the wiring layers 146-151 are respectively connected with, for example, the through hole 62R, the bump 63R, the pad 64R, the logic element layer 66, and The wiring layers 69, 72, 73, 76, 79, and 80 are arranged in the same manner. In the example of FIG. 40 , the bumps 143-1 and the pads 144-1 are respectively disposed at positions d9 and d13 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 140. The bumps 143 - 2 and the bonding pads 144 - 2 are respectively disposed at distances d10 and d14 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 140 . The bumps 143 - 3 and the bonding pads 144 - 3 are respectively disposed at distances d11 and d15 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 140 . The bumps 143 - 4 and the pads 144 - 4 are respectively disposed at distances d12 and d16 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 140 . By configuring as above, the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are different from the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2. Specifically, the terminals of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are arranged in mirror-symmetrical positions with the terminals of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2, but the configurations of the internal circuits including the directions of the input and output of the logic circuits are different from each other. 4. 1. 4. About the laminated structure of the core chip group Next, the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 41 . FIG. 41 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 41 shows a structure in which the sub-wafers SC0 to SC3 shown in FIGS. 38 and 40 are laminated in this order. As shown in FIG. 41 , the upper surface of the sub-chip SC0 and the upper surface of SC2 are bonded to the upper surface of the sub-chip SC1 and the upper surface of the sub-chip SC3, respectively. As described above, the positions of the bonding pads 124 of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 and the positions of the bonding pads 144 of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the facing surfaces of each other's upper surfaces. Therefore, the positions of the bonding pads 124-1 to 124-4 of the subchip SC0 are aligned with the positions of the bonding pads 144-1 to 144-4 of the subchip SC1, respectively. In addition, the lower surface of the sub-chip SC1 is bonded to the lower surface of the sub-chip SC2. As described above, the positions of the bumps 143 of the sub-wafer SC1 and the positions of the bumps 123 of the sub-wafer SC2 are designed to be mirror-symmetrical with respect to the opposing surfaces of the upper surfaces of each other. Therefore, the positions of the bumps 143-1 to 143-4 of the subchip SC1 are aligned with the positions of the bumps 123-1 to 123-4 of the subchip SC2, respectively. With the above configuration, the sub-chips SC0 to SC3 can form signal paths SL4, SL5, SL7, and SL8 that can communicate with each internal circuit. As described above, the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 and the sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are provided with logic circuits by different layout patterns. Therefore, for example, in the signal path SL7, the logic element layer 145 having the input/output direction from the element layer 141 toward the semiconductor substrate 140 can be made to correspond to the logic element layer 125 having the input/output direction from the semiconductor substrate 120 toward the element layer 121 . Therefore, the logic device layer 125 including the lower end connected to the through hole 122-2 and the upper end connected to the pad 124-2, and the logic device layer 125 including the lower end connected to the through hole 142-2 and the upper end connected to the bonding pad 144-2 The input-output relationship of the logic element layer 145 is matched. 4. 2. About the manufacturing method Next, the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment will be described. 4. 2. 1 About Wafer Formation The method of forming the element layer on the wafer in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 42 is a schematic view for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. That is, FIG. 42 corresponds to step ST10 in FIG. 10 . In FIG. 42, the layout pattern transferred onto wafers W1 and W2 using mask set MS4 is schematically shown. Specifically, in FIG. 42 , the layout pattern explained in FIGS. 37 and 38 is represented by the symbol P8, and the layout pattern explained in FIGS. 39 and 40 is represented by the symbol P9. In the following description, the layout pattern illustrated in FIGS. 37 and 38 is referred to as a layout pattern P8, and the layout pattern illustrated in FIGS. 39 and 40 is referred to as a layout pattern P9. As shown in FIG. 42 , the mask set MS4 is alternately arranged in layout patterns P8 and P9 along the x-direction. Moreover, the mask set MS4 is arrange|positioned so that both ends along the x direction may become different layout patterns, respectively. Wafers W1 and W2 are folded in half with respect to the yz plane from the state of being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane, for example, similarly to FIG. 12 in the first embodiment. By laminating the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS4 is transferred as described above, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the chip set CS in FIG. 41 can be obtained. 4. 2. 2. About wafer screening The wafer screening step in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment can be applied, for example, by the same method as that of the first embodiment. That is, the mask portion of the layout pattern P8 and the mask portion for the layout pattern P9 can be defined as the repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine. Thereby, it is possible to perform wafer screening using the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position of one wafer screening machine for wafers in which the same wafer design is arranged. 4. 3 Effects of the present embodiment According to the fourth embodiment, the core wafer CC0 includes sub wafers SC0 and SC1 whose upper surfaces are bonded to each other. That is, one core wafer CC is included in one wafer set CS. Therefore, compared with the first to third embodiments in which two core wafers CC are included in one wafer set CS, the yield rate per wafer set CS obtained by dicing is controlled to be halved in size the yield. Therefore, the manufacturing efficiency of good products can be improved. In addition, wafers W1 and W2 form device layers by the same mask set MS4. The mask set MS4 includes two layout patterns P8 and P9 that are different from each other. The layout patterns P8 and P9 are arranged alternately. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the element layer to which the layout pattern P8 is transferred and the element layer to which the layout pattern P9 is transferred can be bonded to each other. Furthermore, the cost required for the design of the mask set MS4 is equivalent to the cost of designing the layout patterns P8 and P9. However, the layout patterns P8 and P9 in total correspond to one core wafer CC. Therefore, the design cost of the mask set MS4 can be controlled to be equal to the design cost of one core chip CC. In addition, as described above, since one core chip CC is constituted by one chip set CS, the length of wiring required for communication within the core chip CC can be shortened. 43 and 44 are schematic diagrams for explaining the effect of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 43(A) and FIG. 44(A) show an example of circuit arrangement of one core chip CC0 formed on one semiconductor substrate. FIGS. 43(B) and 44(B) correspond to the fourth embodiment, and show the structure of one core wafer CC0 constituted by two sub-chips SC0 and SC1 respectively provided on two bonded semiconductor substrates. Example of circuit configuration. FIG. 43 shows a case where one core chip CC0 includes 4 planes, and FIG. 44 shows a case where one core chip CC0 includes 8 planes. As shown in FIG. 43(A), when the core chip CC0 is disposed on one semiconductor substrate, when it is necessary to communicate between the point Q1 and the point Q2 of the peripheral circuit, it is necessary to start from the left end to the right end of the core chip CC0 Wiring up to the length. The length from the left end to the right end of the core chip CC0 is, for example, in the order of millimeters (mm). On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 43(B) , when the core wafer CC0 is provided separately on the two semiconductor substrates to be bonded, the point Q2 is disposed right above the point Q1 in the build-up direction. Therefore, the length of the wiring from the point Q1 to the point Q2 becomes at most the length of the signal path between the subchips SC0 and SC1. The length of the signal path between the sub-chips SC0 and SC1 is, for example, in the order of micrometers (μm). That is, the structure of FIG. 43(B) can shorten the length of the wiring from the point Q1 to the point Q2 compared with the structure of FIG. 43(A). Therefore, according to the fourth embodiment, the wiring pattern in the peripheral circuit can be simplified, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44(A), in the case where the core chip CC0 of 8 planes is formed on one semiconductor substrate, when the communication between the point Q3 and the point Q4 in the peripheral circuit is performed, the 4 planes are formed In this case, the wiring length is twice as long. Therefore, as the wiring length increases, the electrical characteristics deteriorate, and there is a possibility that the design that satisfies the constraints associated with communication delays and the like becomes difficult. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 44(B), when the 8-plane structure is provided separately on two semiconductor substrates to be bonded, the length of the wiring from the point Q3 to the point Q4 becomes the second at most The length of the signal path between chips SC0 and SC1. Furthermore, the maximum length of the wiring in the internal circuit can be controlled to be equivalent to the case of the four-plane configuration shown in FIG. 43(A). Therefore, it becomes easy to solve the problem of the length of the wiring which becomes obvious in the case of FIG. 44(A), and it becomes easy to carry out the design of an 8-plane structure. In addition, since the area of the semiconductor substrate can also be controlled to the same scale as in the case of FIG. 44(A), the limitation of the area in the package can also be improved. 4. 4. First modification of the fourth embodiment In addition, the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment is not limited to the above-mentioned example, and various modifications can be applied. For example, the positions of the bumps between the sub-chips SC in the same core chip CC may not be arranged in mutually mirror-symmetrical positions. 45 to 48 are cross-sectional views for explaining the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. The configurations of the sub wafers SC1 to SC3 are shown in FIGS. 45 to 48 , respectively. In addition, the configuration of the sub wafer SC0 is the same as that shown in FIG. 38 in the fourth embodiment. First, the sub-chip SC1 will be described. The layout pattern of the sub-chip SC1 of the first modification of the fourth embodiment is different from the layout pattern of the sub-chip SC1 of the fourth embodiment. Therefore, the layout pattern shown in FIG. 45 corresponds to the symbol P10 which is different from the symbol P9 shown in FIG. 40 . As shown in FIG. 45, the sub-chip SC1 has the same structure as that of FIG. 40 except for a part. Specifically, the sub-chip SC1 includes vias 142-3B, bumps 143-3B, wiring layers 149B, and pads 144-3B in place of the vias 142-3, bumps 143-3, and wiring layers in FIG. 40 . 149, and the pad 144-3. The connection relationship between the bump 143-3B, the through hole 142-3B, the wiring layer 149B, and the pad 144-3B is the connection between the bump 143-3, the through hole 142-3, the wiring layer 149, and the pad 144-3 The connection relationship is the same. However, the bump 143-3B is provided at a different position from the bump 143-3. That is, the bump 143-3B is provided at a position that is not mirror-symmetrical with the bump 123-3 shown in FIG. 38 . Specifically, while the bump 143 - 3 is disposed at a distance d11 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 140 , the bump 143 - 3B is disposed at a distance d11B from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 140 . Furthermore, the bonding pad 144-3B is disposed at the same position as the bonding pad 144-3. That is, the bonding pad 144-3B is disposed in a mirror-symmetrical position with the bonding pad 124-3 shown in FIG. 38 . Specifically, the bonding pad 144 - 3B is disposed at a distance d15 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 140 . Next, the sub-chip SC2 will be described. As shown in FIG. 46 , the layout pattern of the sub-chip SC2, for example, has a mirror-symmetric relationship with respect to the yz plane with respect to the layout pattern of the sub-chip SC1. The layout pattern shown in FIG. 46 corresponds to the symbol P11 which is different from the symbol P10 shown in FIG. 45 . Specifically, the element layer 161 is provided on the semiconductor substrate 160. A plurality of through holes 162 ( 162 - 1 , 162 - 2 , 162 - 3 , and 162 - 4 ) that function as TSVs are provided in the semiconductor substrate 160 . The exposed portions of the through holes 162-1 to 162-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 160 are provided with bumps 163-1, 163-2, 163-3 that function as the terminals T5a, T7a, T8a, and T4a, respectively , and 163-4. On the upper surface of the element layer 161, a plurality of pads 164 (164-1, 164-2, 164-3, and 164-4) functioning as the terminals T5b, T7b, T8b, and T4b are provided. The upper surface of the pad 164 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 161 . In the element layer 161, a logic element layer 165 functioning as the logic circuit LGA1, and wiring layers 166 to 171 are provided. The wiring layer 166 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 162-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 164-1. For example, the wiring layer 166 is not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 161 is skipped. The wiring layer 167 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 162-2, and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 165. The wiring layer 168 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 165, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 164-2. For example, the wiring layers 167 and 168 are not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 161 is skipped. The logic element layer 165 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 165 functions as the logic circuit LGA1 that outputs the signal input from the bump 163-2 toward the pad 164-2. The wiring layer 170 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 162-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 171 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 164-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. In the example of FIG. 46, the bonding pad 164-3 is disposed in a mirror-symmetrical position with the bonding pad 144-3B of FIG. 45. Specifically, relative to the bonding pad 144 - 3B which is positioned at a distance d15 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 140 , the bonding pad 164 - 3 is positioned at a distance d15 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 160 . The other pads 164-1, 164-2, and 164-4 are similarly disposed in mirror-symmetrical positions with the pads 144-1, 144-2, and 144-4 in FIG. 45 . In addition, the bump 163-3 is disposed in a mirror-symmetrical position with the bump 143-3B of FIG. 45 . Specifically, relative to the bump 143 - 3B disposed at a distance d11B from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 140 , the bump 163 - 3 is disposed at a distance d11B from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 160 . The other bumps 163-1, 163-2, and 163-4 are similarly disposed in mirror-symmetrical positions with the bumps 143-1, 143-2, and 143-4 in FIG. 45 . Next, the sub-chip SC3 will be described. As shown in FIG. 47 , the layout pattern of the sub-chip SC2, for example, has a mirror-symmetrical relationship with respect to the yz plane relative to the layout pattern of the sub-chip SC0. The layout pattern of the sub-chip SC3 corresponds to the symbol P12 which is different from the symbol P8 shown in FIG. 38 . Specifically, the element layer 181 is provided on the semiconductor substrate 180. A plurality of through holes 182 ( 182 - 1 , 182 - 2 , 182 - 3 , and 182 - 4 ) that function as TSVs are provided in the semiconductor substrate 180 . The exposed portions of the through holes 182-1 to 182-4 on the lower surface of the semiconductor substrate 180 are provided with bumps 183-1, 183-2, and 183-3 that function as the terminals T5b, T7b, T8b, and T4b, respectively. , and 183-4. On the upper surface of the element layer 181, a plurality of pads 184 (184-1, 184-2, 184-3, and 184-4) functioning as terminals T5a, T7a, T8a, and T4a are provided. The upper surface of the bonding pad 184 is exposed on the upper surface of the element layer 181 . Logic element layers 185 and 186 and wiring layers 187 to 193 that function as logic circuits LGA2 and LGB2 are provided in the element layer 181, respectively. The wiring layer 187 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 182-1, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 184-1. The wiring layer 187 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 188 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 182-2, and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 185. The wiring layer 188 is connected to, for example, an internal circuit. The wiring layer 189 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 185 and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 184-2. The logic element layer 185 includes a lower end having a function as an input end, and an upper end having a function as an output end. That is, the logic element layer 185 functions as the logic circuit LGA2 that outputs the signal input from the pad 164-2 toward the bump 163-2. The wiring layer 190 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 182-3, and a second end disposed on the upper end of the logic element layer 186. The wiring layer 191 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the logic element layer 186, and a second end disposed on the lower end of the bonding pad 184-3. For example, the wiring layers 190 and 191 are not connected to the internal circuit, and the element layer 181 is skipped. The logic element layer 186 includes a lower end having a function as an output end, and an upper end having a function as an input end. That is, the logic element layer 186 functions as the logic circuit LGB2 that outputs the signal input from the bump 163-3 toward the pad 164-3. The wiring layer 192 includes a first end disposed on the upper end of the through hole 182-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. The wiring layer 193 includes a first end disposed on the lower end of the pad 184-4, for example, connected to an internal circuit. In the example of FIG. 47, the pad 184-3 is disposed in a mirror-symmetrical position with the pad 124-3 of FIG. 38. Specifically, relative to the bonding pad 124 - 3 that is positioned at a distance d15 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120 , the bonding pad 184 - 3 is positioned at a distance d15 from the left end of the semiconductor substrate 180 . The other pads 184-1, 184-2, and 184-4 are similarly disposed in mirror-symmetrical positions with the pads 124-1, 124-2, and 124-4 in FIG. 38 . In addition, the bump 183-3 is arranged in a mirror-symmetrical position with the bump 123-3 in FIG. 38 . Specifically, while the bump 123 - 3 is disposed at a distance d11 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 120 , the bump 183 - 3 is disposed at a distance d11 from the right end of the semiconductor substrate 180 . The other bumps 183-1, 183-2, and 183-4 are similarly disposed in mirror-symmetrical positions with the bumps 123-1, 123-2, and 123-4 in FIG. 38 . Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the build-up structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 48, in the first modification of the fourth embodiment, the wafer set CSa including the sub wafers SC0 and SC1 and the wafer set CSb including the sub wafers SC2 and SC3 are different from each other. Specifically, the sub-chips SC0 and SC1 have bumps in the signal path SL8 that are arranged at positions that are not mirror-symmetrical to each other. Therefore, in the signal path SL8, the positions of the bumps on the lower surface of the subchip SC1 and the lower surface of the subchip SC0 are not aligned. Subchip SC2 has a layout pattern that is mirror-symmetrical to subchip SC1. Therefore, the positions of the bumps on the lower surface of sub-wafer SC1 and the lower surface of sub-wafer SC2 are aligned. However, in the case where the same wiring pattern is applied to the sub-chips SC1 and SC2, the input-output relationship of the logic element layer does not match. Therefore, the input-output relationship of the logic element layer and the wiring pattern of the inversion of the sub-chip SC1 are applied to the sub-chip SC2. Thereby, the input-output relationship of the logic element layers between the sub-chips SC1 and SC2 is matched. Subchip SC3 has a layout pattern that is mirror-symmetrical to subchip SC0. Therefore, the positions of the pads on the upper surface of subchip SC2 and the upper surface of subchip SC3 are aligned. However, in the case where the same wiring pattern as that of the sub-chip SC0 is applied to the sub-chip SC3, the input-output relationship of the logic element layer does not match that of the sub-chip SC2. Therefore, in the sub-chip SC3, the input-output relationship of the logic element layer and the wiring pattern of the inversion of the sub-chip SC0 are applied. Thereby, the input-output relationship of the logic element layers between the sub-chips SC2 and SC3 is matched. Also, as described above, sub-wafer SC3 has a layout pattern that is mirror-symmetrical to sub-wafer SC0. Therefore, the lower surface of sub-wafer SC3 is aligned with the positions of the bumps on the lower surface of sub-wafer SC0. Thereby, the wafer set CSa can be further laminated on the wafer set CSb. Furthermore, in the first modification of the fourth embodiment, a layout pattern (P8 and P9) of one core chip and a mirror-symmetrical layout pattern (P10 and P11) of the layout pattern must be designed. In addition, the layout patterns P10 and P11 include wiring patterns different from the layout patterns P8 and P9. However, since the mirror-symmetrical layout pattern does not need to redesign the configuration of peripheral circuits and the like from scratch, the design cost is low. Therefore, the entire chip design can be designed by only adding the cost of the wiring pattern to the design cost of one chip design. Therefore, even when the positions of the bumps between the sub-chips SC within the same core chip CC are not set to be mirror-symmetrical, a plurality of core chips CC can be stacked with less manufacturing cost. 4. 5. Second modification of the fourth embodiment The semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment described above has been described as an example in which two sub-chips SC are included in one core chip CC, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the core wafer CC is not limited to two, and an even number (4, 6, . . . ) of sub wafers SC may be stacked and configured. Fig. 49 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core wafer group according to the second modification of the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 49 , the core wafer CC0 may also include four sub wafers SC0 to SC3. With the above configuration, the area efficiency can be further improved as compared with the case where one core wafer CC is composed of two sub wafers SC. In addition, the wiring length of signals that must be communicated in the core chip CC can be further shortened. 4. 6. Third modification of the fourth embodiment In the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment described above, the case where there is a circuit that exists only in the peripheral circuits of either of the subchips SC0 and SC1 has been described. Specifically, for example, the peripheral circuit of the sub-chip SC0 includes the voltage generating circuit 16 , but does not include the logic control circuit 14 and the sequencer 15 . On the other hand, the peripheral circuit of the sub-chip SC1 does not include the voltage generating circuit 16 , but includes the logic control circuit 14 and the sequencer 15 . However, it is not limited to this, and the sub-chips SC0 and SC1 may also be constituted by a partial circuit in which the same circuit is provided in any peripheral circuit. In this case, the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC0 and SC1 may also be designed in such a way that the partial circuits provided on the sub-chip SC0 and the partial circuits provided on the sub-chip SC1 overlap with the circuit regions in the stacking direction. 50 and 51 are plan views for explaining the layout pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the third modification of the fourth embodiment. The configurations of sub-chips SC0 and SC2 and sub-chips SC1 and SC3 are shown in FIGS. 50 and 51 , respectively. As shown in FIG. 51, in the layout pattern of the sub-chips SC0 and SC2, the peripheral circuits include a data transfer circuit 13L, a logic control circuit 14L, a sequencer 15L, a voltage generation circuit 16L, and driver sets 17UL and 17DL. Also, as shown in FIG. 52, in the layout pattern of the sub-chips SC1 and SC3, the peripheral circuits include a data transfer circuit 13R, a logic control circuit 14R, a sequencer 15R, a voltage generation circuit 16R, and driver sets 17UR and 17DR. For example, the data transmission circuit 13L, the logic control circuit 14L, the sequencer 15L, the voltage generation circuit 16L, and the driver sets 17UL and 17DL are respectively provided in the data transmission circuit 13R, the logic control circuit 14R, the sequencer 15R, and the voltage generation circuit. 16R, and the mirrored positions of the drive sets 17UR and 17DR. Furthermore, each circuit is not limited to being arranged in a mirror-symmetrical position, as long as there is a portion where a portion of the circuit having the same function when the upper surfaces of the sub-chips SC are attached to each other overlaps in the stacking direction. Can. With the above configuration, when the subchips SC are bonded to each other, circuits having the same function are arranged in the overlapping regions in the z direction. Thus, for example, when a signal is communicated between the voltage generation circuit 16L of the subchip SC0 and the voltage generation circuit 16R of the subchip SC1, the wiring connecting the voltage generation circuits 16L and 16R can be extended only in the lamination direction. Can. Therefore, it becomes unnecessary to provide extra wiring in the same primary wafer SC, and the design of the wiring pattern can be simplified. Furthermore, in the case where circuits having the same function are arranged at different positions along the z direction when the subchips SC are attached to each other, it is necessary to set different signal paths in the subchips SC0 and SC2 and the subchips SC1 and SC3. In this case, the signal paths for the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 are not available in the sub-chips SC1 and SC3, so the number of terminals or the wiring length increases. In the third modification of the fourth embodiment, as described above, when the subchips SC are bonded to each other, circuits having the same functions are arranged at the same positions along the z direction. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the need to separate the signal paths necessary for a certain circuit from the sub-chips SC0 and SC2 from the sub-chips SC1 and SC3. Therefore, a chip design with fewer restrictions can be designed, and the design cost can be reduced. 5. Fifth Embodiment Next, a semiconductor memory device according to a fifth embodiment will be described. In the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment, one subchip SC is provided on one semiconductor substrate. On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, two sub wafers SC are provided on one semiconductor substrate. Each of the 2 sub-chips SC becomes part of a core chip CC that is different from each other. That is, two core wafers CC (four sub wafers SC) are formed in one wafer set CS. Hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the same components as those of the fourth embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted, and the parts different from those of the fourth embodiment will be described. 5. 1 About the structure The structure of the semiconductor memory device according to the fifth embodiment will be described. 5. 1. 1 About the configuration of the core chip group An example of the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 52 . FIG. 52 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 52, the core chip group 11 includes, for example, a core chip CC twice as large as the core chip CC in the core chip group 11 in the fourth embodiment. Specifically, the core wafer group 11 includes a plurality of core wafers CC (CC0A, CC1A, . . . , and CC0B, CC1B, . . . ). Each core wafer CC includes two sub wafers SC. Specifically, the core chip CC0A includes sub-chips SC0A and SC1A, and the core chip CC1A includes sub-chips SC2A and SC3A. In addition, core chip CC0B includes sub-chips SC0B and SC1B, and core chip CC1B includes sub-chips SC2B and SC3B. Furthermore, an arbitrary natural number can be applied to the number of core chips CC. The sub-chips SC0A and SC0B are disposed on the semiconductor substrate SSO. The sub wafers SC1A and SC1B are provided on the semiconductor substrate SS1. The sub-chips SC2A and SC2B are provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS2. The sub-chips SC3A and SC3B are provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS3. 5. 1. 2. Configuration of sub-chip Next, the configuration of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment will be described. 53 is a plan view for explaining the layout pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. In FIG. 53, a group of two sub-chips SC provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS is shown. That is, FIG. 53 shows a configuration common to the group of sub-chips SC0A and SC0B, the group of sub-chips SC1B and SC1A, the group of sub-chips SC2A and SC2B, or the group of sub-chips SC3B and SC3A. The plan view shown in FIG. 53 corresponds to, for example, a combination of the right end of the plan view shown in FIG. 37 and the left end of the plan view shown in FIG. 39, and corresponds to the symbol P13. As shown in FIG. 53, the sub-wafers SC0A, SC1B, SC2A, and SC3B correspond to the layout pattern P8. The sub-chips SC0B, SC1A, SC2B, and SC3A are consistent with the layout pattern P9. Furthermore, the cross-sectional view showing the layout pattern and the wiring pattern of the fifth embodiment corresponds, for example, to the one obtained by combining the right end of the cross-sectional view shown in FIG. 38 and the left end of the cross-sectional view shown in FIG. 40 . 5. 1. 3. About the laminated structure of the core chip group Next, the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 54 . FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 54, the wafer set CS of the core wafer group in the fifth embodiment includes the wafer set CS shown in FIG. 41 of the fourth embodiment, and the wafer set CS shown in FIG. 41 is reversed upside down. By. Thereby, the core chip CC0A including the sub-chips SC0A and SC1A, and the core chip CC0B including the sub-chips SC0B and SC1B are arranged in one chip set CS. In addition, core chip CC1A including subchips SC2A and SC3A, and core chip CC1B including subchips SC2B and SC3B are provided in one chip set CS. In the example of FIG. 54 , the core chips CC0A and CC1A share independent signal path groups with the core chips CC0B and CC1B, respectively. 5. 2. About the manufacturing method Next, the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment will be described. 5. 2. 1 About Wafer Formation The method of forming the element layer on the wafer in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment will be described. 55 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of forming an element layer on a wafer in the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. That is, FIG. 55 corresponds to step ST10 in FIG. 10 . In FIG. 55, the layout pattern transferred onto wafers W1 and W2 using mask set MS6 is schematically shown. Specifically, in FIG. 55, the layout pattern described in FIG. 53 is represented by the symbol P13. As described above, the set of sub-chips SC0A and SC0B, the set of sub-chips SC1B and SC1A, the set of sub-chips SC2A and SC2B, and the set of sub-chips SC3B and SC3A comprise the same chip design. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 55, the mask set MS6 is arranged in the same wafer design. Wafers W1 and W2, for example, like FIG. 22 in the second embodiment, may be folded in half with respect to the yz plane by being aligned in the x direction on the xy plane, or they may be aligned in the y direction on the xy plane. The state is fit in the way of folding in half on the xz plane. By bonding the wafers W1 and W2 on which the mask set MS6 is transferred as described above, a plurality of structures capable of functioning as the wafer set CS described in FIG. 54 can be obtained. 5. 2. 2. About wafer screening The wafer screening step in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment can be applied, for example, by the same method as that of the second embodiment. That is, the mask portion of the layout pattern P13 can be defined as the repeating unit DSU of the pin contact position of the wafer screening machine. Thereby, it is possible to perform wafer screening using the repeating unit DSU of the needle contact position of one wafer screening machine for wafers in which the same wafer design is arranged. 5. 3. Effects of the present embodiment According to the fifth embodiment, the element layer provided on the semiconductor substrate SS0 includes the internal circuit of the sub-chip SC0A and the internal circuit of the sub-chip SC0B. The element layer provided on the semiconductor substrate SS1 includes the internal circuit of the subchip SC1A and the internal circuit of the subchip SC1B. The core chip CC0A includes sub-chips SC0A and SC1B, and the core chip CC0B includes sub-chips SC0B and SC1A. The sub-chips SC0A and SC1B correspond to the left half of the layout pattern of one core chip CC, and the sub-chips SC0B and SC1A correspond to the right half of the layout pattern of one core chip CC. Therefore, two core wafers CC can be provided in one wafer set CS. This makes it possible to double the number of core wafers CC provided in one wafer set CS compared to the fourth embodiment. Also, in the fifth embodiment, as in the second embodiment, the wafers W1 and W2 are formed with the same mask set MS6 to form element layers. The mask set MS6 is likewise aligned with the same chip design. Thereby, the mask set MS6 can be designed only by designing the layout pattern and wiring pattern of one core chip CC. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. In addition, the layout pattern of the fifth embodiment is the same as that obtained by combining the right end of the layout pattern P8 of the fourth embodiment with the left end of the layout pattern P9. That is, in the layout pattern of the fifth embodiment, bumps and pads are provided at positions symmetrical with respect to the center of the semiconductor substrate. Therefore, when the wafers W1 and W2 are bonded together, the positions of the terminals of each other are matched. Thereby, the connection between the wafers W1 and W2 can be aligned. Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, as in the fourth embodiment, the sub-chips SC0A and SC0B provided on the same semiconductor substrate SSO are provided with logic circuits by different layout patterns. Therefore, for example, in the signal path SL7, the logic element layer having the input/output direction from the element layer toward the semiconductor substrate can be made to correspond to the logic element layer having the input/output direction from the semiconductor substrate toward the element layer. Therefore, the logic element layer in sub-chip SC0A matches the input-output relationship of the logic element layer in sub-chip SC1B. In addition, the logic element layer in the sub-chip SC0B matches the input-output relationship with the logic element layer in the sub-chip SC1A. Also, as in the fourth embodiment, two sub-wafers SC provided on two semiconductor substrates are laminated to form one core wafer. Therefore, the length of wiring required for communication within the core chip CC can be shortened. 5. 4. First modification of the fifth embodiment In addition, the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment is not limited to the above-mentioned example, and various modifications can be applied. In the fifth embodiment, as a case similar to the fourth embodiment, the case where the bumps in the two sub-wafers SC provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS are provided in a left-right symmetry has been described, but it is not limited to this. here. For example, similarly to the first modification of the fourth embodiment, the bumps in the two sub-chips SC provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS may be provided in a left-right asymmetric manner. Fig. 56 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 56, in the first modification of the fifth embodiment, a wafer set CSa including sub wafers SC0A, SC0B, SC1A, and SC1B, and a wafer set CSb including sub wafers SC2A, SC2B, SC3A, and SC3B different from each other. Specifically, the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC2A and SC2B are in a mirror-symmetrical relationship with the layout pattern P13. Therefore, the bumps of the subchips SC2A and SC2B are arranged at positions symmetrical to the bumps of the subchips SC1A and SC1B with respect to the surfaces of the subchips SC1A and SC1B and the surfaces of the subchips SC2A and SC2B that are bonded. Thereby, the positions of the bumps of the subchips SC1A and SC1B and the subchips SC2A and SC2B are aligned with each other. In addition, the layout patterns of the sub-chips SC3A and SC3B are in a mirror-symmetrical relationship with the layout pattern P13. Therefore, the bumps of the subchips SC3A and SC3B are arranged at positions symmetrical to the bumps of the subchips SC0A and SC0B with respect to the surfaces of the subchips SC1A and SC1B and the surfaces of the subchips SC2A and SC2B that are bonded. Thereby, the sub-chips SC3A and SC3B, and the bumps of the sub-chips SC0A and SC0B are aligned. Therefore, the hierarchical wafers SC0A and SC0B can be further stacked on the sub wafers SC3A and SC3B. Furthermore, as mentioned above, since the chip sets CSa and CSb have a mutually mirror-symmetrical relationship, if the chip sets CSa and CSb are attached to each other, the orientations of the input and output terminals of the logic circuit become opposite to each other. In the fifth embodiment, wiring patterns different from each other can be applied to the layout patterns P4 and P6. Specifically, when the input terminal and the output terminal of the logic circuit in the wiring pattern of the subchip SC in one chip set CS are connected to the pads and the bumps, respectively, the subchip SC in the other chip set CS The input end and the output end of the logic circuit in the wiring pattern are respectively connected to the bump and the pad. Therefore, when the subchips SC1A and SC2A are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC1A and the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC2A can be matched. Similarly, when the subchips SC1B and SC2B are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC1B and the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC2B can be matched. Furthermore, when the subchips SC3A and SC0A are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC3A and the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC0A can be matched. Similarly, when the subchips SC3B and SC0B are bonded together, the input-output relationship between the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC3B and the logic circuit provided in the subchip SC0B can be matched. 5. 5. Second modification of the fifth embodiment The semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment described above has been described as an example in which two sub-chips SC are included in one core chip CC, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the core wafer CC is not limited to two, and an even number (4, 6, . . . ) of sub wafers SC may be stacked and configured. Fig. 57 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the laminated structure of the core wafer group according to the second modification of the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 57 , the core chips CC0A and CC0B may also include four sub-chips SC0A to SC3A and SC0B to SC3B, respectively. With the above configuration, the area efficiency can be further improved as compared with the case where one core wafer CC is composed of two sub wafers SC. In addition, the wiring length of signals that must be communicated in the core chip CC can be further shortened. 5. 6. Third modification of the fifth embodiment The semiconductor memory device according to the fifth embodiment has been described as an example in which two sub-chips SC included in different core chips CC are provided independently of each other on the same semiconductor substrate SS. But it is not limited to this. For example, two sub-chips SC provided on the same semiconductor substrate SS may share the function of a common circuit provided in an adjacent area. Fig. 58 is a plan view for explaining the layout pattern of the sub-chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the third modification of the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 58 , for example, the subchips SC0A and SC0B share a common circuit provided in the subchip SC of each other. The shared circuit can also operate as a circuit of any one of the subchips SC0A and SC0B. With the above configuration, the functions that can be shared among different core chips CC can be handled by one common circuit. Thereby, the circuit area can be further reduced. 6. Others Several embodiments of the present invention have been described, but these embodiments are presented as examples and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. These embodiments can be implemented in other various forms, and various omissions, substitutions, and changes can be made without departing from the gist of the invention. These embodiments or changes thereof are included in the scope or spirit of the invention, and are also included in the inventions described in the claims and their equivalents.

1:記憶體系統2:控制器3:半導體記憶裝置5:處理器6:內建記憶體7:NAND介面電路8:緩衝記憶體9:主機介面電路10:介面晶片11:核心晶片群12:記憶胞陣列13:資料傳送電路13L:資料傳送電路13R:資料傳送電路14:邏輯控制電路14L:邏輯控制電路14R:邏輯控制電路15:定序器15L:定序器15R:定序器16:電壓產生電路16L:電壓產生電路16R:電壓產生電路17:驅動器集17D,17U:驅動器集17DL,17UL:驅動器集17DR,17UR:驅動器集18:列解碼器18-0~18-3:列解碼器19:感測放大器19-0~19-3:感測放大器20:半導體基板21:元件層22-1~22-4:通孔23-1~23-4:凸塊24-1~24-4:焊墊25:邏輯元件層26:邏輯元件層27~33:配線層40:半導體基板41:元件層42-1~42-4:通孔43(43-1~43-4):凸塊44-1~44-4:焊墊45:邏輯元件層46:邏輯元件層47~53:配線層60:半導體基板61:元件層62L-1~62L-4:通孔62R-1~62R-4:通孔62R-3B:通孔63(63L-1~63L-4,63R-1~63R-4):凸塊63R-3B:凸塊64L-1~64L-4:焊墊64R-1~64R-4:焊墊64R-3B:焊墊65~67:邏輯元件層66A:邏輯元件層68~80:配線層70A~73A:配線層74:配線層75:配線層76B:配線層90:半導體基板91:元件層92L-1~92L-4:通孔92R-1~92R-4:通孔93L-1~93L-4:凸塊93R-1~93R-4:凸塊94L-1~94L-4:焊墊94R-1~94R-4:焊墊95~97:邏輯元件層98~110:配線層120:半導體基板121:元件層122-1~122-4:通孔123-1~123-4:凸塊124-1~124-4:焊墊125:邏輯元件層126:邏輯元件層127~133:配線層140:半導體基板141:元件層142-1~142-4:通孔142-3B:通孔143-1~143-4:凸塊143-3B:凸塊144-1~144-4:焊墊144-3B:焊墊145:邏輯元件層146~151:配線層149B:配線層160:半導體基板161:元件層162-1~162-4:通孔163-1~163-4:凸塊164-1~164-4:焊墊165:邏輯元件層166~171:配線層180:半導體基板181:元件層182-1~182-4:通孔183-1~183-4:凸塊184-1~184-4:焊墊185:邏輯元件層186:邏輯元件層187~193:配線層ADD:位址AreaA:區域AreaB:區域AreaC:區域B1:配置圖案B2:配置圖案B3:配置圖案B4:配置圖案CC0~CC3:核心晶片CC0A:核心晶片CC0B:核心晶片CC1A:核心晶片CC1B:核心晶片/CE,CLE,ALE,/WE,/RE,RE,/WP,/RB,DQS,/DQS,I/O<7:0>:信號CMD:指令CS:晶片集CSa:晶片集CSb:晶片集DAT:資料DS1:針接觸位置DS2:針接觸位置DS3:針接觸位置DSU:重複單位d1:距離d2:距離d3:距離d4:距離d5:距離d6:距離d7:距離d8:距離d9:距離d10:距離d11:距離d11B:距離d12:距離d13:距離d14:距離d15:距離d16:距離GND:接地電壓LGA,LGA1,LGA2:邏輯電路LGB,LGB1,LGB2:邏輯電路MS1:遮罩集MS2:遮罩集MS3:遮罩集MS3a:遮罩集MS3b:遮罩集MS3c:遮罩集MS3d:遮罩集MS4:遮罩集MS6:遮罩集P1:符號P2:符號P3:符號P4:符號P5:符號P6:符號P7:符號P8:符號P9:符號P10:符號P11:符號P12:符號P13:符號Q1:點Q2:點Q3:點Q4:點SC0~SC3:次晶片SC0A~SC3A:次晶片SC0B~SC3B:次晶片SL1~SL8:信號路徑SS0:半導體基板SS1:半導體基板SS2:半導體基板SS3:半導體基板T1a~T8a:端子T1b~T8b:端子W1:晶圓W2:晶圓x:方向y:方向z:方向1: memory system 2: controller 3: semiconductor memory device 5: processor 6: built-in memory 7: NAND interface circuit 8: buffer memory 9: host interface circuit 10: interface chip 11: core chip group 12: Memory cell array 13: Data transfer circuit 13L: Data transfer circuit 13R: Data transfer circuit 14: Logic control circuit 14L: Logic control circuit 14R: Logic control circuit 15: Sequencer 15L: Sequencer 15R: Sequencer 16: Voltage generating circuit 16L: Voltage generating circuit 16R: Voltage generating circuit 17: Driver set 17D, 17U: Driver set 17DL, 17UL: Driver set 17DR, 17UR: Driver set 18: Column decoder 18-0 to 18-3: Column decoding 19: sense amplifiers 19-0 to 19-3: sense amplifiers 20: semiconductor substrate 21: element layers 22-1 to 22-4: through holes 23-1 to 23-4: bumps 24-1 to 24 -4: Pad 25: Logic element layer 26: Logic element layer 27 to 33: Wiring layer 40: Semiconductor substrate 41: Element layer 42-1 to 42-4: Through hole 43 (43-1 to 43-4): Bumps 44-1 to 44-4: Pads 45: Logic element layer 46: Logic element layers 47 to 53: Wiring layer 60: Semiconductor substrate 61: Element layers 62L-1 to 62L-4: Through holes 62R-1 to 62R-4: Through hole 62R-3B: Through hole 63 (63L-1~63L-4, 63R-1~63R-4): Bump 63R-3B: Bump 64L-1~64L-4: Pad 64R -1 to 64R-4: Pad 64R-3B: Pad 65 to 67: Logic element layer 66A: Logic element layer 68 to 80: Wiring layer 70A to 73A: Wiring layer 74: Wiring layer 75: Wiring layer 76B: Wiring Layer 90: Semiconductor substrate 91: Element layers 92L-1 to 92L-4: Through holes 92R-1 to 92R-4: Through holes 93L-1 to 93L-4: Bumps 93R-1 to 93R-4: Bumps 94L -1 to 94L-4: Pads 94R-1 to 94R-4: Pads 95 to 97: Logic element layers 98 to 110: Wiring layer 120: Semiconductor substrate 121: Element layers 122-1 to 122-4: Through holes 123-1 to 123-4: bumps 124-1 to 124-4: pads 125: logic element layer 126: logic element layer 127 to 133: wiring layer 140: semiconductor substrate 141: element layer 142-1 to 142- 4: Through holes 142-3B: Through holes 143-1 to 143-4: Bumps 143-3B: Bumps 144-1 to 144-4: Pads 144-3B: Pads 145: Logic element layers 146 to 151 : Wiring layer 149B: Wiring layer 160: Semiconductor substrate 161: Element layers 162-1 to 162-4: Through holes 163-1 to 163-4: Bumps 164-1 to 164-4: Pads 165: Logic element layers 166 to 171: wiring layer 180: semiconductor substrate 181: element layers 182-1 to 182-4: through holes 183-1 to 183-4: bumps 184-1 to 184-4: pads 185: logic Element layer 186 : Logic element layers 187 to 193 : Wiring layer ADD : Address AreaA : Area AreaB : Area AreaC : Area B1 : Arrangement pattern B2 : Arrangement pattern B3 : Arrangement pattern B4 : Arrangement pattern CC0 to CC3 : Core wafer CC0A: Core Chip CC0B: Core Chip CC1A: Core Chip CC1B: Core Chip /CE,CLE,ALE,/WE,/RE,RE,/WP,/RB,DQS,/DQS,I/O<7:0>:Signal CMD: Command CS: Wafer Set CSa: Wafer Set CSb: Wafer Set DAT: Data DS1: Pin Contact Position DS2: Pin Contact Position DS3: Pin Contact Position DSU: Repeat Unit d1: Distance d2: Distance d3: Distance d4: Distance d5 : distance d6: distance d7: distance d8: distance d9: distance d10: distance d11: distance d11B: distance d12: distance d13: distance d14: distance d15: distance d16: distance GND: ground voltage LGA, LGA1, LGA2: logic circuit LGB, LGB1, LGB2: Logic Circuit MS1: Mask Set MS2: Mask Set MS3: Mask Set MS3a: Mask Set MS3b: Mask Set MS3c: Mask Set MS3d: Mask Set MS4: Mask Set MS6: mask set P1:symbol P2:symbol P3:symbol P4:symbol P5:symbol P6:symbol P7:symbol P8:symbol P9:symbol P10:symbol P11:symbol P12:symbol P13:symbol Q1:dot Q2:dot Q3: Point Q4: Point SC0 to SC3: Subwafer SC0A to SC3A: Subwafer SC0B to SC3B: Subwafer SL1 to SL8: Signal path SS0: Semiconductor substrate SS1: Semiconductor substrate SS2: Semiconductor substrate SS3: Semiconductor substrate T1a to T8a: Terminal T1b ~T8b: Terminal W1: Wafer W2: Wafer x: Direction y: Direction z: Direction

圖1係用以說明第1實施形態之記憶體系統之構成之方塊圖。  圖2係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之構成之方塊圖。  圖3係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之電路圖。  圖4係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之俯視圖。  圖5係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖6係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之俯視圖。  圖7係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖8係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。  圖9係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖10係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之流程圖。  圖11係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖12係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖13係用以說明第1實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖14係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的俯視圖。  圖15係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖16係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖17係用以說明第1實施形態之變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖18係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之電路圖。  圖19係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖20係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖21係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。  圖22係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖23係用以說明第2實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖24係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的剖視圖。  圖25係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的剖視圖。  圖26係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成的剖視圖。  圖27係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖28(A)、(B)係用以說明第2實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖29係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖30係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖31係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖32係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖33係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。  圖34係用以說明第3實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖35係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之方塊圖。  圖36係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之電路圖。  圖37係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之俯視圖。  圖38係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖39係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之俯視圖。  圖40係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之剖視圖。  圖41係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。  圖42係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖43(A)、(B)係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之效果之模式圖。  圖44(A)、(B)係用以說明第4實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之效果之模式圖。  圖45係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的剖視圖。  圖46係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的剖視圖。  圖47係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的剖視圖。  圖48係用以說明第4實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成的剖視圖。  圖49係用以說明第4實施形態之第2變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成的剖視圖。  圖50係用以說明第4實施形態之第3變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的俯視圖。  圖51係用以說明第4實施形態之第3變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的俯視圖。  圖52係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之方塊圖。  圖53係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成之俯視圖。  圖54係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成之剖視圖。  圖55係用以說明第5實施形態之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法之模式圖。  圖56係用以說明第5實施形態之第1變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成的剖視圖。  圖57係用以說明第5實施形態之第2變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片群之構成的剖視圖。  圖58係用以說明第5實施形態之第3變化例之半導體記憶裝置之核心晶片之構成的俯視圖。FIG. 1 is a block diagram for explaining the structure of the memory system of the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is a block diagram for explaining the structure of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. Fig. 4 is a plan view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 6 is a plan view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a flowchart for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the first embodiment. Fig. 14 is a plan view for explaining the structure of a core chip of a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a modification of the first embodiment. Fig. 18 is a circuit diagram for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. Fig. 19 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. Fig. 21 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. Fig. 23 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the second embodiment. FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the second embodiment. FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a first modification of the second embodiment. 28(A) and (B) are schematic diagrams for explaining a method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to a first modification of the second embodiment. Fig. 29 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 30 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 32 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 33 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 34 is a schematic diagram for explaining the method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the third embodiment. Fig. 35 is a block diagram for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 36 is a circuit diagram for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 37 is a plan view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 38 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 39 is a plan view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 40 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 41 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 42 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. 43(A) and (B) are schematic diagrams for explaining the effect of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. 44(A) and (B) are schematic diagrams for explaining the effect of the semiconductor memory device of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 45 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 46 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 47 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 49 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a core chip group of a semiconductor memory device according to a second modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 50 is a plan view for explaining the structure of a core chip of a semiconductor memory device according to a third modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 51 is a plan view for explaining the structure of a core chip of a semiconductor memory device according to a third modification of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 52 is a block diagram for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 53 is a plan view for explaining the structure of the core chip of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 54 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 55 is a schematic diagram for explaining a method of manufacturing the semiconductor memory device of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 56 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the configuration of the core chip group of the semiconductor memory device according to the first modification of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 57 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a core chip group of a semiconductor memory device according to a second modification of the fifth embodiment. Fig. 58 is a plan view for explaining the structure of a core chip of a semiconductor memory device according to a third modification of the fifth embodiment.

11:核心晶片群 11: Core chip group

CC0~CC3:核心晶片 CC0~CC3: core chip

CS:晶片集 CS:Chipset

SL1~SL4:信號路徑 SL1~SL4: Signal path

x:方向 x: direction

y:方向 y: direction

z:方向 z: direction

Claims (33)

一種半導體記憶裝置,其具備第1晶片及第2晶片,  上述第1晶片具備:  第1基板,其包含第1通孔及第2通孔;及  第1元件層,其設置於上述第1基板之上表面上,且於上表面上包含第1焊墊及第2焊墊;  上述第2晶片具備:  第2基板,其包含第3通孔及第4通孔;及  第2元件層,其設置於上述第2基板之上表面上,且於上表面上包含第3焊墊及第4焊墊;  上述第2元件層之上表面對向地設置於上述第1元件層之上表面上;  上述第1焊墊及上述第3焊墊、和上述第2焊墊及上述第4焊墊相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置,且相互電性連接;  上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層進而包含:  第1信號線,其經由上述第1焊墊及上述第3焊墊,電性連接於上述第1通孔與上述第3通孔之間;及  第2信號線,其經由上述第2焊墊及上述第4焊墊,不經由邏輯電路而電性連接於上述第2通孔與上述第4通孔之間;  上述第1元件層進而包含第1邏輯電路,該第1邏輯電路設置於上述第1信號線之路徑上,且包含電性連接於上述第1通孔之輸入端、及電性連接於上述第1焊墊之輸出端;  上述第2元件層進而包含第2邏輯電路,該第2邏輯電路設置於上述第1信號線之路徑上,且包含經由上述第1焊墊及上述第2焊墊電性連接於上述第1邏輯電路之輸出端之輸入端、及電性連接於上述第2通孔之輸出端。A semiconductor memory device includes a first chip and a second chip, the first chip includes: a first substrate including a first through hole and a second through hole; and a first element layer disposed on the first substrate On the upper surface, and including the first bonding pad and the second bonding pad on the upper surface; The above-mentioned 2nd chip is provided with: The 2nd substrate, it comprises the 3rd through hole and the 4th through hole; And The 2nd element layer, its be arranged on the upper surface of the above-mentioned second substrate, and include a third pad and a fourth pad on the upper surface; the upper surface of the above-mentioned second element layer is oppositely arranged on the upper surface of the above-mentioned first element layer; The first pad and the third pad, and the second pad and the fourth pad are arranged symmetrically with respect to the surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layer facing each other, and are electrically conductive to each other. Connecting; The first element layer and the second element layer further include: A first signal line, which is electrically connected to the first through hole and the third through hole via the first pad and the third pad between; and a second signal line, which is electrically connected between the second through hole and the fourth through hole through the second pad and the fourth pad without passing through a logic circuit; the first element The layer further includes a first logic circuit, the first logic circuit is disposed on the path of the first signal line, and includes an input terminal electrically connected to the first through hole, and an input terminal electrically connected to the first pad an output end; the second element layer further includes a second logic circuit, the second logic circuit is disposed on the path of the first signal line, and includes the first pad and the second pad electrically connected to the above The input end of the output end of the first logic circuit is electrically connected to the output end of the second through hole. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1邏輯電路及上述第2邏輯電路係相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, wherein the first logic circuit and the second logic circuit are arranged symmetrically with respect to the surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layer facing each other. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1邏輯電路及上述第2邏輯電路係相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而非對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, wherein the first logic circuit and the second logic circuit are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layer that face each other. 如請求項3之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係由相同之佈局圖案而設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 3, wherein the first element layer and the second element layer are provided with the same layout pattern. 如請求項3之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係由不同之佈局圖案而設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 3, wherein the first element layer and the second element layer are provided with different layout patterns. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層各者含在彼此不同之核心晶片內。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, wherein each of the first element layer and the second element layer is contained in core chips different from each other. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層含在同一核心晶片內。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, wherein the first element layer and the second element layer are contained in the same core chip. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其進而具備第3晶片,  上述第3晶片進而具備:  第3基板,其包含第5通孔及第6通孔;及  第3元件層,其設置於上述第3基板之上表面上,且於上表面上包含第5焊墊及第6焊墊;  上述第3基板之下表面對向地設置於上述第2基板之下表面上;  上述第3通孔及上述第5通孔、和上述第4通孔及上述第6通孔係相對於上述第2基板及上述第3基板相對向之面而對稱地設置,且相互電性連接;  上述第1信號線進而經由上述第3通孔及上述第5通孔,電性連接於上述第1通孔與上述第5焊墊之間;  上述第2信號線進而經由上述第4通孔及上述第6通孔,不經由邏輯電路而電性連接於上述第2通孔與上述第6焊墊之間。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, further comprising a third chip, the third chip further comprising: a third substrate including a fifth through hole and a sixth through hole; and a third element layer disposed on the above-mentioned first 3 on the upper surface of the substrate, and the upper surface includes a fifth pad and a sixth pad; The lower surface of the third substrate is oppositely disposed on the lower surface of the second substrate; The third through hole and The fifth through hole, the fourth through hole, and the sixth through hole are symmetrically arranged with respect to the opposing surfaces of the second substrate and the third substrate, and are electrically connected to each other; The first signal line Further, through the third through hole and the fifth through hole, it is electrically connected between the first through hole and the fifth pad; the second signal line is further passed through the fourth through hole and the sixth through hole , which is electrically connected between the second through hole and the sixth pad without going through a logic circuit. 如請求項8之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第3焊墊及上述第5焊墊、和上述第4焊墊及上述第6焊墊係相對於上述第2基板及上述第3基板相對向之面而對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device according to claim 8, wherein the third pad and the fifth pad, and the fourth pad and the sixth pad are surfaces opposed to the second substrate and the third substrate And set symmetrically. 如請求項9之半導體記憶裝置,其進而具備第4晶片,  上述第4晶片進而具備:  第4基板,其包含第7通孔及第8通孔;及  第4元件層,其設置於上述第4基板之上表面上,且於上表面上包含第7焊墊及第8焊墊;  上述第4元件層之上表面對向地設置於上述第3元件層之上表面上;  上述第5焊墊及上述第7焊墊、和上述第6焊墊及上述第8焊墊係相對於上述第3元件層及上述第4元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置,且相互電性連接;  上述第1信號線經由上述第5焊墊及上述第7焊墊,電性連接於上述第1通孔與上述第7通孔之間;  上述第2信號線進而經由上述第6焊墊及上述第8焊墊,不經由邏輯電路而電性連接於上述第2通孔與上述第8通孔之間。The semiconductor memory device of claim 9, further comprising a fourth chip, the above-mentioned fourth chip further comprising: a fourth substrate including a seventh through hole and an eighth through hole; and a fourth element layer disposed on the above-mentioned first 4 on the upper surface of the substrate, and the upper surface includes the seventh pad and the eighth pad; The upper surface of the fourth element layer is oppositely disposed on the upper surface of the third element layer; The fifth solder The pads, the seventh pad, and the sixth pad and the eighth pad are arranged symmetrically with respect to the opposite surfaces of the third element layer and the fourth element layer, and are electrically connected to each other; The first signal line is electrically connected between the first through hole and the seventh through hole through the fifth bonding pad and the seventh bonding pad; the second signal line is further connected through the sixth bonding pad and the seventh through hole. 8 pads are electrically connected between the second through hole and the eighth through hole without going through a logic circuit. 如請求項10之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1焊墊及上述第7焊墊、和上述第2焊墊及上述第8焊墊係相對於上述第2基板及上述第3基板相對向之面而對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 10, wherein the first pad and the seventh pad, and the second pad and the eighth pad are surfaces facing the second substrate and the third substrate And set symmetrically. 如請求項11之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1通孔及上述第3通孔、和上述第2通孔及上述第4通孔係相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 11, wherein the first through hole and the third through hole, and the second through hole and the fourth through hole are opposed to the first element layer and the second element layer. arranged symmetrically. 如請求項11之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1通孔及上述第3通孔、和上述第2通孔及上述第4通孔係相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而非對稱地設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 11, wherein the first through hole and the third through hole, and the second through hole and the fourth through hole are opposed to the first element layer and the second element layer. The faces are set asymmetrically. 如請求項8之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層、上述第2元件層、及上述第3元件層含在同一核心晶片內。The semiconductor memory device of claim 8, wherein the first element layer, the second element layer, and the third element layer are contained in the same core wafer. 如請求項8之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第3元件層係由相同之佈局圖案而設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 8, wherein the first element layer and the third element layer are provided with the same layout pattern. 如請求項8之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層及上述第3元件層係由不同之佈局圖案而設置。The semiconductor memory device of claim 8, wherein the first element layer and the third element layer are provided with different layout patterns. 如請求項1之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1基板進而包含第9通孔及第10通孔;  上述第1元件層進而包含第9焊墊及第10焊墊,該第9焊墊係設置於上述第1元件層之上表面上之中相對於上述第1元件層之中心與上述第1焊墊對稱之位置,該第10焊墊係設置於上述第1元件層之上表面上之中相對於上述第1元件層之中心與上述第2焊墊對稱之位置;  上述第2基板進而包含第11通孔及第12通孔;  上述第2元件層進而包含第11焊墊及第12焊墊,該第11焊墊係設置於上述第2元件層之上表面上之中相對於上述第2元件層之中心與上述第3焊墊對稱之位置,該第12焊墊係設置於上述第2元件層之上表面上之中相對於上述第2元件層之中心與上述第4焊墊對稱之位置;  上述第9焊墊及上述第11焊墊、和上述第10焊墊及上述第12焊墊係相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置,且相互電性連接;  上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層進而包含:  第3信號線,其經由上述第9焊墊及上述第11焊墊,電性連接於上述第9通孔與上述第11通孔之間;  設置於上述第3信號線之路徑上之至少一個邏輯電路;及  第4信號線,其經由上述第10焊墊及上述第12焊墊,不經由邏輯電路而電性連接於上述第10通孔與上述第12通孔之間。The semiconductor memory device of claim 1, wherein the first substrate further includes a ninth through hole and a tenth through hole; the first element layer further includes a ninth pad and a tenth pad, and the ninth pad is provided On the upper surface of the first element layer, at a position symmetrical to the first pad with respect to the center of the first element layer, the tenth pad is disposed on the upper surface of the first element layer. The center of the first element layer is symmetrical with the second pad; The second substrate further includes an 11th through hole and a 12th through hole; The second element layer further includes an 11th pad and a 12th solder pad pad, the 11th pad is arranged on the upper surface of the above-mentioned second element layer at a position symmetrical to the above-mentioned third pad relative to the center of the above-mentioned second element layer, and the 12th solder pad is arranged on the above-mentioned 1st pad 2 on the upper surface of the element layer at a position that is symmetrical with respect to the center of the second element layer and the fourth pad; the ninth and eleventh pads, and the tenth and the twelfth The pads are arranged symmetrically with respect to the opposite surfaces of the first element layer and the second element layer, and are electrically connected to each other; the first element layer and the second element layer further comprise: a third signal line, It is electrically connected between the ninth through hole and the eleventh through hole through the ninth pad and the eleventh pad; at least one logic circuit disposed on the path of the third signal line; and the first 4. The signal line is electrically connected between the tenth through hole and the twelfth through hole through the tenth pad and the twelfth pad without going through a logic circuit. 如請求項17之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1通孔、上述第2通孔、上述第3通孔、上述第4通孔、上述第1焊墊、上述第2焊墊、上述第3焊墊及上述第4焊墊含在第1核心晶片內;  上述第9通孔、上述第10通孔、上述第11通孔、上述第12通孔、上述第9焊墊、上述第10焊墊、上述第11焊墊及上述第12焊墊含在第2核心晶片內。The semiconductor memory device of claim 17, wherein said first through hole, said second through hole, said third through hole, said fourth through hole, said first pad, said second pad, and said third pad The pad and the fourth pad are contained in the first core wafer; The ninth through hole, the tenth through hole, the eleventh through hole, the twelfth through hole, the ninth through hole, the tenth through hole , the 11th bonding pad and the 12th bonding pad are contained in the second core chip. 如請求項4或5之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層進而包含電性連接於上述第1信號線之第1周邊電路,  上述第2元件層進而包含與上述第1周邊電路對應、且與上述第2信號線電性切斷之第2周邊電路。The semiconductor memory device of claim 4 or 5, wherein the first element layer further includes a first peripheral circuit electrically connected to the first signal line, the second element layer further includes a peripheral circuit corresponding to the first peripheral circuit, and A second peripheral circuit electrically disconnected from the second signal line. 如請求項7之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層進而包含電性連接於上述第1信號線之周邊電路之第1部分,  上述第2元件層進而包含電性連接於上述第2信號線之上述周邊電路之第2部分,  上述周邊電路之第1部分與上述周邊電路之第2部分包含於積層方向重合之區域。The semiconductor memory device of claim 7, wherein the first element layer further includes a first portion of a peripheral circuit electrically connected to the first signal line, and the second element layer further includes a peripheral circuit that is electrically connected to the second signal line The second part of the above-mentioned peripheral circuit, the first part of the above-mentioned peripheral circuit and the second part of the above-mentioned peripheral circuit are included in the overlapping area in the stacking direction. 如請求項17之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第1元件層進而包含共有電路,  上述共有電路係由上述第1元件層之第1部分及上述第1元件層之第2部分所共有。The semiconductor memory device of claim 17, wherein the first element layer further includes a shared circuit, and the shared circuit is shared by the first part of the first element layer and the second part of the first element layer. 如請求項17之半導體記憶裝置,其中上述第2元件層進而包含第3邏輯電路,該第3邏輯電路設置於上述第3信號線之路徑上,且包含電性連接於上述第11通孔之輸入端、及電性連接於上述第11焊墊之輸出端;  上述第1元件層進而包含第4邏輯電路,該第4邏輯電路設置於上述第3信號線之路徑上,且包含經由上述第9焊墊及上述第11焊墊電性連接於上述第3邏輯電路之輸出端之輸入端、及電性連接於上述第9通孔之輸出端。The semiconductor memory device of claim 17, wherein the second element layer further includes a third logic circuit, and the third logic circuit is disposed on the path of the third signal line and includes a circuit electrically connected to the eleventh through hole. an input end, and an output end electrically connected to the eleventh pad; the first element layer further includes a fourth logic circuit, the fourth logic circuit is disposed on the path of the third signal line, and includes a path through the first The ninth pad and the eleventh pad are electrically connected to the input end of the output end of the third logic circuit, and are electrically connected to the output end of the ninth through hole. 一種半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其包括以下步驟:  於第1晶圓之上表面上設置第1元件層,於第2晶圓之上表面上形成第2元件層;  使上述第1元件層之上表面與上述第2元件層之上表面對向而將上述第1晶圓及上述第2晶圓貼合;  對上述貼合之上述第1晶圓之下表面及上述第2晶圓之下表面進行探測;及  同時對上述經探測之上述第1晶圓及上述第2晶圓進行切晶,產生2個以上之晶片集;且  設置上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係包括以下步驟:  於上述第1元件層之上表面上形成第1焊墊及第2焊墊;  於上述第2元件層之上表面上,相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面,在與上述第1焊墊對稱之位置形成第3焊墊,在與上述第2焊墊對稱之位置形成第4焊墊;  形成:與上述第1焊墊電性連接之第1信號線之第1部分,與上述第2焊墊電性連接之第2信號線之第1部分,與上述第3焊墊電性連接之上述第1信號線之第2部分,及與上述第4焊墊電性連接之上述第2信號線之第2部分;及  於上述第1信號線之路徑上形成至少一個邏輯電路。A method of manufacturing a semiconductor memory device, comprising the following steps: disposing a first element layer on the upper surface of a first wafer, and forming a second element layer on the upper surface of the second wafer; The upper surface is opposite to the upper surface of the second element layer, and the first wafer and the second wafer are bonded together; The lower surface of the bonded first wafer and the lower surface of the second wafer are bonded together. The surface is probed; and the probed first wafer and the second wafer are diced at the same time to produce two or more wafer sets; and the arrangement of the first element layer and the second element layer includes the following Steps: Form a first pad and a second pad on the upper surface of the first element layer; On the upper surface of the second element layer, opposite to the first element layer and the second element layer On the surface, a third pad is formed at a position symmetrical with the first pad, and a fourth pad is formed at a position symmetrical with the second pad; Form: a first signal line electrically connected to the first pad The first part of the second signal line is electrically connected to the second pad, the second part of the first signal line is electrically connected to the third pad, and the fourth Pad the second portion of the second signal line electrically connected; and at least one logic circuit is formed on the path of the first signal line. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係藉由相同之遮罩集而設置。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device of claim 23, wherein the first element layer and the second element layer are provided by the same mask set. 如請求項24之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係藉由不同之佈局圖案而設置。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device of claim 24, wherein in one of the two or more chip sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are provided with different layout patterns. 如請求項25之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對於上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層相對向之面而對稱地設置。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 25, wherein in one of the two or more wafer sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are relative to the first element layer and the second element layer. Symmetrically arranged with respect to the opposite face. 如請求項26之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係藉由不同之配線圖案而設置。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 26, wherein in one of the two or more wafer sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are provided with different wiring patterns. 如請求項24之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層係藉由相同之佈局圖案而設置。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 24, wherein in one of the two or more chip sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are provided with the same layout pattern. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,對上述第1晶圓之下表面進行探測所使用的端子之配置圖案,與對上述第2晶圓之下表面進行探測所使用的端子之配置圖案彼此不同。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 23, wherein in one of the two or more wafer sets, the arrangement pattern of the terminals used for probing the lower surface of the first wafer is different from that of the second wafer. The arrangement patterns of the terminals used for probing on the lower surface of the wafer are different from each other. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,對上述第1晶圓之下表面進行探測所使用的端子之配置圖案,與對上述第2晶圓之下表面進行探測所使用的端子之配置圖案相同。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 23, wherein in one of the two or more wafer sets, the arrangement pattern of the terminals used for probing the lower surface of the first wafer is different from that of the second wafer. The configuration pattern of the terminals used for probing on the lower surface of the wafer is the same. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層含在彼此不同之核心晶片內。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 23, wherein in one of the two or more chip sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are contained in core chips that are different from each other. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,上述第1元件層及上述第2元件層含在同一核心晶片內。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device according to claim 23, wherein in one of the two or more wafer sets, the first element layer and the second element layer are contained in the same core wafer. 如請求項23之半導體記憶裝置之製造方法,其中於上述2個以上之晶片集中之1個中,  上述第1元件層包含第1核心晶片之第1部分及第2核心晶片之第1部分,  上述第2元件層包含第1核心晶片之第2部分及第2核心晶片之第2部分。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor memory device of claim 23, wherein in one of the two or more chip sets, the first element layer includes the first part of the first core chip and the first part of the second core chip, The above-mentioned second element layer includes the second part of the first core chip and the second part of the second core chip.
TW110122232A 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 semiconductor memory device TWI807342B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017049967A JP6800788B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2017-03-15 Semiconductor storage device
JP2017-049967 2017-03-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202207424A true TW202207424A (en) 2022-02-16
TWI807342B TWI807342B (en) 2023-07-01

Family

ID=63522983

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108121307A TWI734127B (en) 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 Semiconductor memory device and manufacturing method of semiconductor memory device
TW107102648A TWI667772B (en) 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 Semiconductor memory device
TW110122232A TWI807342B (en) 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 semiconductor memory device

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108121307A TWI734127B (en) 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 Semiconductor memory device and manufacturing method of semiconductor memory device
TW107102648A TWI667772B (en) 2017-03-15 2018-01-25 Semiconductor memory device

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US11145625B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3598493A4 (en)
JP (1) JP6800788B2 (en)
CN (1) CN110447102B (en)
SG (1) SG11201907932UA (en)
TW (3) TWI734127B (en)
WO (1) WO2018168198A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827324B (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-12-21 華邦電子股份有限公司 Pick-up structure for memory device and method for manufacturing memory device

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112164688B (en) * 2017-07-21 2023-06-13 联华电子股份有限公司 Chip stacking structure and manufacturing method of chip stacking structure
JP7159036B2 (en) * 2018-12-25 2022-10-24 キオクシア株式会社 memory device
JP2020141100A (en) * 2019-03-01 2020-09-03 キオクシア株式会社 Semiconductor devices and their manufacturing methods
JP2020145231A (en) * 2019-03-04 2020-09-10 キオクシア株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2020178010A (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-29 キオクシア株式会社 Semiconductor storage device
JP7282699B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-05-29 キオクシア株式会社 semiconductor storage device
JP2021141290A (en) 2020-03-09 2021-09-16 キオクシア株式会社 Semiconductor devices and their manufacturing methods
US12438126B2 (en) 2022-05-23 2025-10-07 SK Hynix Inc. Stacked integrated circuit
US12437833B2 (en) 2022-05-23 2025-10-07 SK Hynix Inc. Stacked integrated circuit
CN117712089A (en) * 2022-09-07 2024-03-15 长鑫存储技术有限公司 Semiconductor chips, semiconductor devices and methods of forming the same

Family Cites Families (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3129928B2 (en) 1995-03-30 2001-01-31 シャープ株式会社 Resin-sealed semiconductor device
JP3667165B2 (en) 1999-08-11 2005-07-06 住友大阪セメント株式会社 Industrial solid fuel and method for producing the same
JP3668165B2 (en) 2001-09-11 2005-07-06 松下電器産業株式会社 Semiconductor device
US7368810B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2008-05-06 Micron Technology, Inc. Invertible microfeature device packages
JP2006332342A (en) 2005-05-26 2006-12-07 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Semiconductor device
KR100945504B1 (en) 2007-06-26 2010-03-09 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 Stacked package and its manufacturing method
KR100909562B1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-27 주식회사 동부하이텍 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method
US8106520B2 (en) * 2008-09-11 2012-01-31 Micron Technology, Inc. Signal delivery in stacked device
KR101307490B1 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-12-11 메기가 코포레이션 Integrated circuit chip using top post-passivation technology and bottom structure technology
KR20110012673A (en) * 2009-07-31 2011-02-09 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 Semiconductor package and stack package using same
JP2011123955A (en) * 2009-12-11 2011-06-23 Elpida Memory Inc Semiconductor system
US8546188B2 (en) * 2010-04-09 2013-10-01 International Business Machines Corporation Bow-balanced 3D chip stacking
KR101817156B1 (en) * 2010-12-28 2018-01-10 삼성전자 주식회사 Semiconductor device of stacked structure having through electrode, semiconductor memory device, semiconductor memory system and operating method thereof
KR101828490B1 (en) * 2011-08-30 2018-02-12 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor devices having through electrodes and method for fabricating the same
ITVI20120060A1 (en) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-20 St Microelectronics Srl ELECTRONIC SYSTEM HAVING INCREASED CONNECTION THROUGH THE USE OF HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL COMMUNICATION CHANNELS
US10090349B2 (en) 2012-08-09 2018-10-02 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. CMOS image sensor chips with stacked scheme and methods for forming the same
JP5802631B2 (en) * 2012-09-06 2015-10-28 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor device
TWI588946B (en) * 2012-12-21 2017-06-21 高通公司 Back-to-back stacked integrated circuit assembly and method of making
KR102077608B1 (en) * 2013-09-26 2020-02-17 에스케이하이닉스 주식회사 Semiconductor chip and stacked package having the same
JP6259737B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-01-10 東芝メモリ株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015176958A (en) * 2014-03-14 2015-10-05 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2016004860A (en) * 2014-06-16 2016-01-12 マイクロン テクノロジー, インク. Semiconductor device
JP2015029138A (en) * 2014-10-08 2015-02-12 ピーエスフォー ルクスコ エスエイアールエルPS4 Luxco S.a.r.l. Method for testing semiconductor device and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
US9881904B2 (en) * 2014-11-05 2018-01-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Multi-layer semiconductor devices fabricated using a combination of substrate and via structures and fabrication techniques
KR102360381B1 (en) * 2014-12-01 2022-02-11 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor devices having stacking structures and methods for fabricating the same
US9589946B2 (en) * 2015-04-28 2017-03-07 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Chip with a bump connected to a plurality of wirings
JP6515724B2 (en) * 2015-07-31 2019-05-22 富士通株式会社 Semiconductor device
JP6663104B2 (en) * 2015-09-10 2020-03-11 富士通株式会社 Semiconductor device and method of controlling semiconductor device
KR102500813B1 (en) * 2015-09-24 2023-02-17 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same
US9786619B2 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-10-10 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Semiconductor structure and manufacturing method thereof
US10068899B2 (en) * 2016-08-18 2018-09-04 Globalfoundries Inc. IC structure on two sides of substrate and method of forming
JP2018137299A (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-30 東芝メモリ株式会社 Semiconductor device
US10141391B2 (en) * 2017-02-23 2018-11-27 International Business Machines Corporation Microstructure modulation for 3D bonded semiconductor containing an embedded resistor structure
KR102285787B1 (en) * 2017-03-03 2021-08-04 삼성전자 주식회사 three dimensional semiconductor device
US10157832B2 (en) * 2017-03-08 2018-12-18 Globalfoundries Inc. Integrated circuit structure including via interconnect structure abutting lateral ends of metal lines and methods of forming same
US10651153B2 (en) * 2018-06-18 2020-05-12 Intel Corporation Three-dimensional (3D) memory with shared control circuitry using wafer-to-wafer bonding

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827324B (en) * 2022-10-26 2023-12-21 華邦電子股份有限公司 Pick-up structure for memory device and method for manufacturing memory device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3598493A1 (en) 2020-01-22
TWI734127B (en) 2021-07-21
CN110447102A (en) 2019-11-12
US11145625B2 (en) 2021-10-12
US20190385984A1 (en) 2019-12-19
TW201836125A (en) 2018-10-01
JP6800788B2 (en) 2020-12-16
CN110447102B (en) 2024-03-05
TW201937702A (en) 2019-09-16
TWI667772B (en) 2019-08-01
EP3598493A4 (en) 2021-01-20
WO2018168198A1 (en) 2018-09-20
JP2018156968A (en) 2018-10-04
TWI807342B (en) 2023-07-01
US20220005789A1 (en) 2022-01-06
US11594523B2 (en) 2023-02-28
SG11201907932UA (en) 2019-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI807342B (en) semiconductor memory device
US10964671B2 (en) Stacked chips comprising interconnects
JP5826926B2 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for contacting a plurality of electrically coupled semiconductor dies with an inspection access interface located within a scribe line of a wafer
TWI545725B (en) Semiconductor device, semiconductor device design method, semiconductor device design device and program
TWI575669B (en) Semiconductor device
JP3825252B2 (en) Flip chip type semiconductor device
CN107767912A (en) Semiconductor device
CN102341905A (en) Semiconductor integrated circuit device and design method thereof
CN105280595A (en) Semiconductor device
US20090303770A1 (en) Memory chip and semiconductor device
US9142469B2 (en) Semiconductor device
CN102110666B (en) Integrated circuit chip package and physical layer interface arrangement
CN105470251A (en) Integrated circuit with interface unit layout optimization
TW201234551A (en) Area efficient arrangement of interface devices within an integrated circuit
JPS63273333A (en) Gate array type semiconductor integrated circuit
JP2013125895A (en) Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and manufacturing method therefor